WO2021195981A1 - Reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities for full duplex base station - Google Patents

Reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities for full duplex base station Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021195981A1
WO2021195981A1 PCT/CN2020/082492 CN2020082492W WO2021195981A1 WO 2021195981 A1 WO2021195981 A1 WO 2021195981A1 CN 2020082492 W CN2020082492 W CN 2020082492W WO 2021195981 A1 WO2021195981 A1 WO 2021195981A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
state information
channel state
alternative
reports
information report
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/082492
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Alexandros MANOLAKOS
Yu Zhang
Ahmed Attia ABOTABL
Runxin WANG
Muhammad Sayed Khairy Abdelghaffar
Krishna Kiran Mukkavilli
Original Assignee
Qualcomm Incorporated
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Qualcomm Incorporated filed Critical Qualcomm Incorporated
Priority to PCT/CN2020/082492 priority Critical patent/WO2021195981A1/en
Publication of WO2021195981A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021195981A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0619Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal using feedback from receiving side
    • H04B7/0621Feedback content
    • H04B7/0626Channel coefficients, e.g. channel state information [CSI]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0619Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal using feedback from receiving side
    • H04B7/0636Feedback format
    • H04B7/0645Variable feedback
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/10Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports

Definitions

  • the following relates generally to wireless communications and more specifically to reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities.
  • Wireless communications systems are widely deployed to provide various types of communication content such as voice, video, packet data, messaging, broadcast, and so on. These systems may be capable of supporting communication with multiple users by sharing the available system resources (e.g., time, frequency, and power) .
  • Examples of such multiple-access systems include fourth generation (4G) systems such as Long Term Evolution (LTE) systems, LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) systems, or LTE-APro systems, and fifth generation (5G) systems which may be referred to as New Radio (NR) systems.
  • 4G systems such as Long Term Evolution (LTE) systems, LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) systems, or LTE-APro systems
  • 5G systems which may be referred to as New Radio (NR) systems.
  • a wireless multiple-access communications system may include one or more base stations or one or more network access nodes, each simultaneously supporting communication for multiple communication devices, which may be otherwise known as user equipment (UE) .
  • UE user equipment
  • one or more nodes may operate in a full-duplex mode.
  • the described techniques relate to improved methods, systems, devices, and apparatuses that support reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities.
  • the reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities may be of particular benefit for a full duplex base station.
  • the described techniques provide for receiving, from a base station, a configuration for transmitting a channel state information (CSI) report, and transmitting the CSI report.
  • the configuration may indicate a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the CSI report, where each alternative report is associated with a different precoding instance (e.g., a different transmit beam) of a CSI reference signal (CSI-RS) resource.
  • the UE may include up to the maximum number of alternative reports in the CSI report, and may order the reports according to one or more priority rules.
  • the described techniques may include receiving, from a base station, a configuration for a CSI report.
  • the UE may identify that different precoding instances of a CSI-RS resource are grouped into one or more subsets. Each subset may correspond to a subset of transmit beams.
  • the UE may determine which of the subsets has a highest channel quality indicator (CQI) value, and may indicate the subset in the CSI report.
  • CQI channel quality indicator
  • the UE may select one or more precoding instances from each subset, and may include an alternate report for the selected precoding instance in the CSI report.
  • a method of wireless communications at a UE may include receiving, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource, identifying, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, and transmitting the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a set of the alternative reports.
  • the apparatus may include a processor, memory coupled with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory.
  • the instructions may be executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource, identify, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, and transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a set of the alternative reports.
  • the apparatus may include means for receiving, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource, identifying, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, and transmitting the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a set of the alternative reports.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a UE is described.
  • the code may include instructions executable by a processor to receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource, identify, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, and transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a set of the alternative reports.
  • transmitting the channel state information report may include operations, features, means, or instructions for populating a channel state information container with the set of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the set of alternative reports may be prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report, and transmitting the channel state information container to the base station, where the set of alternative reports include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  • populating the channel state information container further may include operations, features, means, or instructions for prioritizing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the channel state information report, and prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports, the one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  • the configuration may be for reporting at least a first channel state information report associated with measurements of a first channel state information reference signal resource and a second channel state information report associated with measurements of a second channel state information reference signal resource, where the set of alternative reports includes the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • populating the channel state information container further may include operations, features, means, or instructions for prioritizing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and prioritizing, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • populating the channel state information container further may include operations, features, means, or instructions for prioritizing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, prioritizing, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • populating the channel state information container further may include operations, features, means, or instructions for multiplexing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and multiplexing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • populating the channel state information container further may include operations, features, means, or instructions for multiplexing, within the channel state information container, a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and multiplexing, after the highest priority alternatives, successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for determining that a size of a container for the channel state information report may be not large enough for a set of alternative reports including the set of the alternative reports, and selecting, from the set of the alternative reports based on the size of the container, the set of alternative reports, where transmitting the channel state information report to the base station may be based on selecting the set of the alternative reports.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for identifying a threshold channel quality value, and selecting, from a set of the alternative reports including the set of the alternative reports, the set of alternative reports that satisfy the identified threshold channel quality value, where transmitting the channel state information report to the base station may be based on selecting the set of the alternative reports.
  • the configuration for reporting the channel state information report includes an indication of the maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report.
  • the configuration for reporting the channel state information report includes instructions to include, in each alternative report, a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator , a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • transmitting the channel state information report to the base station may include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, in a first portion of the channel state information report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the set of the alternative reports, and transmitting, in a second portion of the channel state information report, the set of the alternative reports.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for identifying, from the configuration, one or more subsets of precoding instances, where one alternative beam report may be to be provided per subset, and where, and the channel state information report that may be transmitted to the base station includes one alternative report per subset.
  • each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances may be associated with at least one beam index, at least one channel state information reference signal resource indicator, at least one channel quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • the at least one precoding matrix indicator includes a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances may have at least one element that may be not common with remaining precoding instances of a corresponding subset of precoding instances .
  • one or more of the alternative reports include a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report.
  • a method of wireless communications at a base station may include transmitting, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, receiving, from the UE based on the configuration, the channel state information report including a set of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, selecting, based on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the set of alternative reports, and communicating with the UE using the selected transmit beam.
  • the apparatus may include a processor, memory coupled with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory.
  • the instructions may be executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, receive, from the UE based on the configuration, the channel state information report including a set of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, select, based on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the set of alternative reports, and communicate with the UE using the selected transmit beam.
  • the apparatus may include means for transmitting, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, receiving, from the UE based on the configuration, the channel state information report including a set of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, selecting, based on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the set of alternative reports, and communicating with the UE using the selected transmit beam.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a base station is described.
  • the code may include instructions executable by a processor to transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, receive, from the UE based on the configuration, the channel state information report including a set of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, select, based on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the set of alternative reports, and communicate with the UE using the selected transmit beam.
  • receiving the channel state information report may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving a channel state information container that may be populated with the set of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the set of alternative reports may be prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report, where the set of alternative reports include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  • the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the channel state information report may be prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports within the channel state information container.
  • the configuration may be for reporting at least a first channel state information report associated with measurements of a first channel state information reference signal resource and a second channel state information report associated with measurements of a second channel state information reference signal resource, where the set of alternative reports includes the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report may be prioritized before the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report may be prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report may be prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report within the channel state information container.
  • the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report may be prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report may be prioritized before the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report may be prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report may be multiplexed with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and after the multiplexed one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report may be multiplexed with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report may be multiplexed within the channel state information container, and where successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report, may be multiplexed after the highest priority alternatives.
  • the configuration for reporting the channel state information report includes instructions to include, in each alternative report, a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator, a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • receiving the channel state information report may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, in a first portion of the channel state information report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the set of the alternative reports, and receiving, in a second portion of the channel state information report, the set of the alternative reports.
  • the configuration may be indicative of one or more subsets of precoding instances, where one alternative beam report may be to be provided per subset, and where the channel state information report that may be received from the UE includes one alternative report per subset.
  • each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances may be associated with at least one beam index, at least one channel state information reference signal resource indicator, at least one channel quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • the at least one precoding matrix indicator includes a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances may have at least one element that may be not common with remaining precoding instances of a corresponding subset of precoding instances.
  • one or more of the alternative reports include a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report.
  • a method of wireless communications at a UE may include receiving, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, identifying, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, and transmitting the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
  • the apparatus may include a processor, memory coupled with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory.
  • the instructions may be executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, identify, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, and transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
  • the apparatus may include means for receiving, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, identifying, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, and transmitting the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a UE is described.
  • the code may include instructions executable by a processor to receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, identify, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, and transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for determining that the subset that may have the highest channel quality measurement includes an instance of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to the highest channel quality measurement.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for determining that the subset that may have the highest channel quality measurement includes a set of instances of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to a highest average channel quality measurement.
  • a method of wireless communications at a base station may include transmitting, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, receiving the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement, and communicating with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset.
  • the apparatus may include a processor, memory coupled with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory.
  • the instructions may be executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, receive the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement, and communicate with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset.
  • the apparatus may include means for transmitting, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, receiving the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement, and communicating with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a base station is described.
  • the code may include instructions executable by a processor to transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, receive the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement, and communicate with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset.
  • the subset that may have the highest channel quality measurement includes an instance of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to the highest channel quality measurement.
  • the subset that may have the highest channel quality measurement includes a set of instances of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to a highest average channel quality measurement.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates an example of a system for wireless communications that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates an example of a wireless communications system that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates an example of a wireless communications system that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates an example of an antenna array that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates an example of a communications scheme that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates an example of a priority scheme that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates an example of a priority scheme that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates an example of a priority scheme that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates an example of a priority scheme that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates an example of a priority scheme that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates an example of a process flow that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates an example of a process flow that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIGs. 13 and 14 show block diagrams of devices that support reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 15 shows a block diagram of a communications manager that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 16 shows a diagram of a system including a device that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIGs. 17 and 18 show block diagrams of devices that support reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 19 shows a block diagram of a communications manager that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 20 shows a diagram of a system including a device that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIGs. 21 through 24 show flowcharts illustrating methods that support reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • a base station operating in full duplex mode may utilize a preferred beam for communicating with a user equipment (UE) .
  • the base station may transmit downlink reference signals to a UE and, in response, the UE may transmit a CSI report to the base station.
  • the base station may use the CSI report to determine a beam for communicating with the UE.
  • the base station may be operating in full-duplex mode and may simultaneously receive uplink transmissions and transmit downlink transmissions.
  • the base station may send downlink transmissions on frequency resources that may be located near frequency resources on which the base station receives the uplink transmissions.
  • the base station may transmit to the UE via the preferred beam indicated by the CSI report and simultaneously receive a transmission, from a UE, on a frequency resource near the frequency resource used for the downlink transmission, using an antenna panel that is located near an antenna panel used for the downlink transmission, or both.
  • self-interference at the base station may occur. That is, the downlink transmission may interfere with reception of the uplink transmission. Self-interference may similarly occur at a UE operating in full duplex mode. Self-interference at the base station (or the UE) may result in increased interference, failed transmissions, increased system latency, and decreased user experience.
  • a UE may transmit a CSI report including a set of alternative reports for communicating with the UE.
  • the base station may transmit a configuration message indicating a maximum number of alternative reports, and the UE may transmit a CSI report including multiple alternative reports.
  • Each alternative beam report may be associated with a different precoding instance of a CSI resource (e.g., with a different transmit beam for the base station) .
  • the set of alternative reports may include a first alternative beam and a second alternative beam, where the channel quality indicator (CQI) of the first alternative beam is higher than the CQI of the second alternative beam.
  • the base station may choose an alternative beam from the set of alternative beams reports included in the CSI report, to use for communicating with the UE.
  • the base station may choose the second alternative beam. For example, if the base station knows that it will be receiving an uplink transmission on a frequency resource and simultaneously transmitting a downlink transmission on a frequency resource that is near the uplink frequency resource, the base station may choose the second alternative beam to transmit the downlink transmission. Using the second alternative beam for the downlink transmission may avoid self-interference while sending the downlink transmission.
  • the base station may not configure a CSI report container that is large enough to receive a full CSI report including all available multiple alternative reports from the UE. That is, the CSI report, including the multiple alternatives, may include too much information for the size of the CSI report container. Any information that cannot fit in the container may not be transmitted, and thus the base station may only receive part of the CSI report.
  • the UE may order the alternative reports according to one or more priority rules to increase the likelihood that higher prioritized alternative reports (e.g., beam reports having higher CSI values) can be transmitted to the base station, and only lower prioritized alternative reports will be omitted from the CSI report.
  • Alternative reports may include wideband (WB) CSI reports and subband (SB) CSI reports, and may include reports associated with one or more CSI-RS resources.
  • Priority rules may indicate various orders of wideband CSI reports, subband CSI reports associated with different CSI resources.
  • the base station may indicate one or more different transmit beam instances grouped into subsets.
  • the UE selects a subset of beams and indicates the subset of beams in the CSI report.
  • aspects of the disclosure are initially described in the context of wireless communications systems. Aspects of the disclosure are further illustrated by and described with reference to antenna arrays, communication schemes, priority schemes, and process flows. Aspects of the disclosure are further illustrated by and described with reference to apparatus diagrams, system diagrams, and flowcharts that relate to reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities for a full duplex base station.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates an example of a wireless communications system 100 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may include one or more base stations 105, one or more UEs 115, and a core network 130.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may be a Long Term Evolution (LTE) network, an LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) network, an LTE-A Pro network, or a New Radio (NR) network.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A LTE-Advanced
  • LTE-A Pro LTE-A Pro
  • NR New Radio
  • the wireless communications system 100 may support enhanced broadband communications, ultra-reliable (e.g., mission critical) communications, low latency communications, communications with low-cost and low-complexity devices, or any combination thereof.
  • ultra-reliable e.g., mission critical
  • the base stations 105 may be dispersed throughout a geographic area to form the wireless communications system 100 and may be devices in different forms or having different capabilities.
  • the base stations 105 and the UEs 115 may wirelessly communicate via one or more communication links 125.
  • Each base station 105 may provide a coverage area 110 over which the UEs 115 and the base station 105 may establish one or more communication links 125.
  • the coverage area 110 may be an example of a geographic area over which a base station 105 and a UE 115 may support the communication of signals according to one or more radio access technologies.
  • the UEs 115 may be dispersed throughout a coverage area 110 of the wireless communications system 100, and each UE 115 may be stationary, or mobile, or both at different times.
  • the UEs 115 may be devices in different forms or having different capabilities. Some example UEs 115 are illustrated in FIG. 1.
  • the UEs 115 described herein may be able to communicate with various types of devices, such as other UEs 115, the base stations 105, or network equipment (e.g., core network nodes, relay devices, integrated access and backhaul (IAB) nodes, or other network equipment) , as shown in FIG. 1.
  • network equipment e.g., core network nodes, relay devices, integrated access and backhaul (IAB) nodes, or other network equipment
  • the base stations 105 may communicate with the core network 130, or with one another, or both.
  • the base stations 105 may interface with the core network 130 through one or more backhaul links 120 (e.g., via an S1, N2, N3, or other interface) .
  • the base stations 105 may communicate with one another over the backhaul links 120 (e.g., via an X2, Xn, or other interface) either directly (e.g., directly between base stations 105) , or indirectly (e.g., via core network 130) , or both.
  • the backhaul links 120 may be or include one or more wireless links.
  • One or more of the base stations 105 described herein may include or may be referred to by a person having ordinary skill in the art as a base transceiver station, a radio base station, an access point, a radio transceiver, a NodeB, an eNodeB (eNB) , a next- generation NodeB or a giga-NodeB (either of which may be referred to as a gNB) , a Home NodeB, a Home eNodeB, or other suitable terminology.
  • a base transceiver station a radio base station
  • an access point a radio transceiver
  • a NodeB an eNodeB (eNB)
  • eNB eNodeB
  • a next- generation NodeB or a giga-NodeB either of which may be referred to as a gNB
  • gNB giga-NodeB
  • a UE 115 may include or may be referred to as a mobile device, a wireless device, a remote device, a handheld device, or a subscriber device, or some other suitable terminology, where the “device” may also be referred to as a unit, a station, a terminal, or a client, among other examples.
  • a UE 115 may also include or may be referred to as a personal electronic device such as a cellular phone, a personal digital assistant (PDA) , a tablet computer, a laptop computer, or a personal computer.
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • a UE 115 may include or be referred to as a wireless local loop (WLL) station, an Internet of Things (IoT) device, an Internet of Everything (IoE) device, or a machine type communications (MTC) device, among other examples, which may be implemented in various objects such as appliances, or vehicles, meters, among other examples.
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • IoE Internet of Everything
  • MTC machine type communications
  • the UEs 115 described herein may be able to communicate with various types of devices, such as other UEs 115 that may sometimes act as relays as well as the base stations 105 and the network equipment including macro eNBs or gNBs, small cell eNBs or gNBs, or relay base stations, among other examples, as shown in FIG. 1.
  • devices such as other UEs 115 that may sometimes act as relays as well as the base stations 105 and the network equipment including macro eNBs or gNBs, small cell eNBs or gNBs, or relay base stations, among other examples, as shown in FIG. 1.
  • the UEs 115 and the base stations 105 may wirelessly communicate with one another via one or more communication links 125 over one or more carriers.
  • the term “carrier” may refer to a set of radio frequency spectrum resources having a defined physical layer structure for supporting the communication links 125.
  • a carrier used for a communication link 125 may include a portion of a radio frequency spectrum band (e.g., a bandwidth part (BWP) ) that is operated according to one or more physical layer channels for a given radio access technology (e.g., LTE, LTE-A, LTE-A Pro, NR) .
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • Each physical layer channel may carry acquisition signaling (e.g., synchronization signals, system information) , control signaling that coordinates operation for the carrier, user data, or other signaling.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may support communication with a UE 115 using carrier aggregation or multi-carrier operation.
  • a UE 115 may be configured with multiple downlink component carriers and one or more uplink component carriers according to a carrier aggregation configuration.
  • Carrier aggregation may be used with both frequency division duplexing (FDD) and time division duplexing (TDD) component carriers.
  • FDD frequency division duplexing
  • TDD time division duplexing
  • a carrier may also have acquisition signaling or control signaling that coordinates operations for other carriers.
  • a carrier may be associated with a frequency channel (e.g., an evolved universal mobile telecommunication system terrestrial radio access (E-UTRA) absolute radio frequency channel number (EARFCN) ) and may be positioned according to a channel raster for discovery by the UEs 115.
  • E-UTRA evolved universal mobile telecommunication system terrestrial radio access
  • a carrier may be operated in a standalone mode where initial acquisition and connection may be conducted by the UEs 115 via the carrier, or the carrier may be operated in a non-standalone mode where a connection is anchored using a different carrier (e.g., of the same or a different radio access technology) .
  • the communication links 125 shown in the wireless communications system 100 may include uplink transmissions from a UE 115 to a base station 105, or downlink transmissions from a base station 105 to a UE 115.
  • Carriers may carry downlink or uplink communications (e.g., in an FDD mode) or may be configured to carry downlink and uplink communications (e.g., in a TDD mode) .
  • a carrier may be associated with a particular bandwidth of the radio frequency spectrum, and in some examples the carrier bandwidth may be referred to as a “system bandwidth” of the carrier or the wireless communications system 100.
  • the carrier bandwidth may be one of a number of determined bandwidths for carriers of a particular radio access technology (e.g., 1.4, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 40, or 80 megahertz (MHz) ) .
  • Devices of the wireless communications system 100 e.g., the base stations 105, the UEs 115, or both
  • the wireless communications system 100 may include base stations 105 or UEs 115 that support simultaneous communications via carriers associated with multiple carrier bandwidths.
  • each served UE 115 may be configured for operating over portions (e.g., a sub-band, a BWP) or all of a carrier bandwidth.
  • Signal waveforms transmitted over a carrier may be made up of multiple subcarriers (e.g., using multi-carrier modulation (MCM) techniques such as orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) or discrete Fourier transform spread OFDM (DFT-S-OFDM) ) .
  • MCM multi-carrier modulation
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • DFT-S-OFDM discrete Fourier transform spread OFDM
  • a resource element may consist of one symbol period (e.g., a duration of one modulation symbol) and one subcarrier, where the symbol period and subcarrier spacing are inversely related.
  • the number of bits carried by each resource element may depend on the modulation scheme (e.g., the order of the modulation scheme, the coding rate of the modulation scheme, or both) .
  • a wireless communications resource may refer to a combination of a radio frequency spectrum resource, a time resource, and a spatial resource (e.g., spatial layers or beams) , and the use of multiple spatial layers may further increase the data rate or data integrity for communications with a UE 115.
  • One or more numerologies for a carrier may be supported, where a numerology may include a subcarrier spacing ( ⁇ f) and a cyclic prefix.
  • a carrier may be divided into one or more BWPs having the same or different numerologies.
  • a UE 115 may be configured with multiple BWPs.
  • a single BWP for a carrier may be active at a given time and communications for the UE 115 may be restricted to one or more active BWPs.
  • Time intervals of a communications resource may be organized according to radio frames each having a specified duration (e.g., 10 milliseconds (ms) ) .
  • Each radio frame may be identified by a system frame number (SFN) (e.g., ranging from 0 to 1023) .
  • SFN system frame number
  • Each frame may include multiple consecutively numbered subframes or slots, and each subframe or slot may have the same duration.
  • a frame may be divided (e.g., in the time domain) into subframes, and each subframe may be further divided into a number of slots.
  • each frame may include a variable number of slots, and the number of slots may depend on subcarrier spacing.
  • Each slot may include a number of symbol periods (e.g., depending on the length of the cyclic prefix prepended to each symbol period) .
  • a slot may further be divided into multiple mini-slots containing one or more symbols. Excluding the cyclic prefix, each symbol period may contain one or more (e.g., N f ) sampling periods. The duration of a symbol period may depend on the subcarrier spacing or frequency band of operation.
  • a subframe, a slot, a mini-slot, or a symbol may be the smallest scheduling unit (e.g., in the time domain) of the wireless communications system 100 and may be referred to as a transmission time interval (TTI) .
  • TTI duration e.g., the number of symbol periods in a TTI
  • the smallest scheduling unit of the wireless communications system 100 may be dynamically selected (e.g., in bursts of shortened TTIs (sTTIs) ) .
  • Physical channels may be multiplexed on a carrier according to various techniques.
  • a physical control channel and a physical data channel may be multiplexed on a downlink carrier, for example, using one or more of time division multiplexing (TDM) techniques, frequency division multiplexing (FDM) techniques, or hybrid TDM-FDM techniques.
  • a control region e.g., a control resource set (CORESET)
  • CORESET control resource set
  • a control region for a physical control channel may be defined by a number of symbol periods and may extend across the system bandwidth or a subset of the system bandwidth of the carrier.
  • One or more control regions (e.g., CORESETs) may be configured for a set of the UEs 115.
  • one or more of the UEs 115 may monitor or search control regions for control information according to one or more search space sets, and each search space set may include one or multiple control channel candidates in one or more aggregation levels arranged in a cascaded manner.
  • An aggregation level for a control channel candidate may refer to a number of control channel resources (e.g., control channel elements (CCEs) ) associated with encoded information for a control information format having a given payload size.
  • Search space sets may include common search space sets configured for sending control information to multiple UEs 115 and UE-specific search space sets for sending control information to a specific UE 115.
  • Each base station 105 may provide communication coverage via one or more cells, for example a macro cell, a small cell, a hot spot, or other types of cells, or any combination thereof.
  • the term “cell” may refer to a logical communication entity used for communication with a base station 105 (e.g., over a carrier) and may be associated with an identifier for distinguishing neighboring cells (e.g., a physical cell identifier (PCID) , a virtual cell identifier (VCID) , or others) .
  • a cell may also refer to a geographic coverage area 110 or a portion of a geographic coverage area 110 (e.g., a sector) over which the logical communication entity operates.
  • Such cells may range from smaller areas (e.g., a structure, a subset of structure) to larger areas depending on various factors such as the capabilities of the base station 105.
  • a cell may be or include a building, a subset of a building, or exterior spaces between or overlapping with geographic coverage areas 110, among other examples.
  • a macro cell generally covers a relatively large geographic area (e.g., several kilometers in radius) and may allow unrestricted access by the UEs 115 with service subscriptions with the network provider supporting the macro cell.
  • a small cell may be associated with a lower-powered base station 105, as compared with a macro cell, and a small cell may operate in the same or different (e.g., licensed, unlicensed) frequency bands as macro cells.
  • Small cells may provide unrestricted access to the UEs 115 with service subscriptions with the network provider or may provide restricted access to the UEs 115 having an association with the small cell (e.g., the UEs 115 in a closed subscriber group (CSG) , the UEs 115 associated with users in a home or office) .
  • a base station 105 may support one or multiple cells and may also support communications over the one or more cells using one or multiple component carriers.
  • a carrier may support multiple cells, and different cells may be configured according to different protocol types (e.g., MTC, narrowband IoT (NB-IoT) , enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB) ) that may provide access for different types of devices.
  • protocol types e.g., MTC, narrowband IoT (NB-IoT) , enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB)
  • NB-IoT narrowband IoT
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • a base station 105 may be movable and therefore provide communication coverage for a moving geographic coverage area 110.
  • different geographic coverage areas 110 associated with different technologies may overlap, but the different geographic coverage areas 110 may be supported by the same base station 105.
  • the overlapping geographic coverage areas 110 associated with different technologies may be supported by different base stations 105.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may include, for example, a heterogeneous network in which different types of the base stations 105 provide coverage for various geographic coverage areas 110 using the same or different radio access technologies.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may support synchronous or asynchronous operation.
  • the base stations 105 may have similar frame timings, and transmissions from different base stations 105 may be approximately aligned in time.
  • the base stations 105 may have different frame timings, and transmissions from different base stations 105 may, in some examples, not be aligned in time.
  • the techniques described herein may be used for either synchronous or asynchronous operations.
  • Some UEs 115 may be low cost or low complexity devices and may provide for automated communication between machines (e.g., via Machine-to-Machine (M2M) communication) .
  • M2M communication or MTC may refer to data communication technologies that allow devices to communicate with one another or a base station 105 without human intervention.
  • M2M communication or MTC may include communications from devices that integrate sensors or meters to measure or capture information and relay such information to a central server or application program that makes use of the information or presents the information to humans interacting with the application program.
  • Some UEs 115 may be designed to collect information or enable automated behavior of machines or other devices. Examples of applications for MTC devices include smart metering, inventory monitoring, water level monitoring, equipment monitoring, healthcare monitoring, wildlife monitoring, weather and geological event monitoring, fleet management and tracking, remote security sensing, physical access control, and transaction-based business charging.
  • Some UEs 115 may be configured to employ operating modes that reduce power consumption, such as half-duplex communications (e.g., a mode that supports one-way communication via transmission or reception, but not transmission and reception simultaneously) .
  • half-duplex communications may be performed at a reduced peak rate.
  • Other power conservation techniques for the UEs 115 include entering a power saving deep sleep mode when not engaging in active communications, operating over a limited bandwidth (e.g., according to narrowband communications) , or a combination of these techniques.
  • some UEs 115 may be configured for operation using a narrowband protocol type that is associated with a defined portion or range (e.g., set of subcarriers or resource blocks (RBs) ) within a carrier, within a guard-band of a carrier, or outside of a carrier.
  • a narrowband protocol type that is associated with a defined portion or range (e.g., set of subcarriers or resource blocks (RBs) ) within a carrier, within a guard-band of a carrier, or outside of a carrier.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may be configured to support ultra-reliable communications or low-latency communications, or various combinations thereof.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may be configured to support ultra-reliable low-latency communications (URLLC) or mission critical communications.
  • the UEs 115 may be designed to support ultra-reliable, low-latency, or critical functions (e.g., mission critical functions) .
  • Ultra-reliable communications may include private communication or group communication and may be supported by one or more mission critical services such as mission critical push-to-talk (MCPTT) , mission critical video (MCVideo) , or mission critical data (MCData) .
  • MCPTT mission critical push-to-talk
  • MCVideo mission critical video
  • MCData mission critical data
  • Support for mission critical functions may include prioritization of services, and mission critical services may be used for public safety or general commercial applications.
  • the terms ultra-reliable, low-latency, mission critical, and ultra-reliable low-latency may be used interchangeably herein.
  • a UE 115 may also be able to communicate directly with other UEs 115 over a device-to-device (D2D) communication link 135 (e.g., using a peer-to-peer (P2P) or D2D protocol) .
  • D2D device-to-device
  • P2P peer-to-peer
  • One or more UEs 115 utilizing D2D communications may be within the geographic coverage area 110 of a base station 105.
  • Other UEs 115 in such a group may be outside the geographic coverage area 110 of a base station 105 or be otherwise unable to receive transmissions from a base station 105.
  • groups of the UEs 115 communicating via D2D communications may utilize a one-to-many (1: M) system in which each UE 115 transmits to every other UE 115 in the group.
  • a base station 105 facilitates the scheduling of resources for D2D communications. In other cases, D2D communications are carried out between the UEs 115 without the involvement of a base station 105.
  • the D2D communication link 135 may be an example of a communication channel, such as a sidelink communication channel, between vehicles (e.g., UEs 115) .
  • vehicles may communicate using vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communications, vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communications, or some combination of these.
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • a vehicle may signal information related to traffic conditions, signal scheduling, weather, safety, emergencies, or any other information relevant to a V2X system.
  • vehicles in a V2X system may communicate with roadside infrastructure, such as roadside units, or with the network via one or more network nodes (e.g., base stations 105) using vehicle-to-network (V2N) communications, or with both.
  • V2N vehicle-to-network
  • the core network 130 may provide user authentication, access authorization, tracking, Internet Protocol (IP) connectivity, and other access, routing, or mobility functions.
  • the core network 130 may be an evolved packet core (EPC) or 5G core (5GC) , which may include at least one control plane entity that manages access and mobility (e.g., a mobility management entity (MME) , an access and mobility management function (AMF) ) and at least one user plane entity that routes packets or interconnects to external networks (e.g., a serving gateway (S-GW) , a Packet Data Network (PDN) gateway (P-GW) , or a user plane function (UPF) ) .
  • EPC evolved packet core
  • 5GC 5G core
  • MME mobility management entity
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • S-GW serving gateway
  • PDN Packet Data Network gateway
  • UPF user plane function
  • the control plane entity may manage non-access stratum (NAS) functions such as mobility, authentication, and bearer management for the UEs 115 served by the base stations 105 associated with the core network 130.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • User IP packets may be transferred through the user plane entity, which may provide IP address allocation as well as other functions.
  • the user plane entity may be connected to the network operators IP services 150.
  • the operators IP services 150 may include access to the Internet, Intranet (s) , an IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) , or a Packet-Switched Streaming Service.
  • Some of the network devices may include subcomponents such as an access network entity 140, which may be an example of an access node controller (ANC) .
  • Each access network entity 140 may communicate with the UEs 115 through one or more other access network transmission entities 145, which may be referred to as radio heads, smart radio heads, or transmission/reception points (TRPs) .
  • Each access network transmission entity 145 may include one or more antenna panels.
  • various functions of each access network entity 140 or base station 105 may be distributed across various network devices (e.g., radio heads and ANCs) or consolidated into a single network device (e.g., a base station 105) .
  • the wireless communications system 100 may operate using one or more frequency bands, typically in the range of 300 megahertz (MHz) to 300 gigahertz (GHz) .
  • the region from 300 MHz to 3 GHz is known as the ultra-high frequency (UHF) region or decimeter band because the wavelengths range from approximately one decimeter to one meter in length.
  • UHF waves may be blocked or redirected by buildings and environmental features, but the waves may penetrate structures sufficiently for a macro cell to provide service to the UEs 115 located indoors.
  • the transmission of UHF waves may be associated with smaller antennas and shorter ranges (e.g., less than 100 kilometers) compared to transmission using the smaller frequencies and longer waves of the high frequency (HF) or very high frequency (VHF) portion of the spectrum below 300 MHz.
  • HF high frequency
  • VHF very high frequency
  • the wireless communications system 100 may also operate in a super high frequency (SHF) region using frequency bands from 3 GHz to 30 GHz, also known as the centimeter band, or in an extremely high frequency (EHF) region of the spectrum (e.g., from 30 GHz to 300 GHz) , also known as the millimeter band.
  • SHF super high frequency
  • EHF extremely high frequency
  • the wireless communications system 100 may support millimeter wave (mmW) communications between the UEs 115 and the base stations 105, and EHF antennas of the respective devices may be smaller and more closely spaced than UHF antennas. In some examples, this may facilitate use of antenna arrays within a device.
  • mmW millimeter wave
  • the propagation of EHF transmissions may be subject to even greater atmospheric attenuation and shorter range than SHF or UHF transmissions.
  • the techniques disclosed herein may be employed across transmissions that use one or more different frequency regions, and designated use of bands across these frequency regions may differ by country or regulating body.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may utilize both licensed and unlicensed radio frequency spectrum bands.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may employ License Assisted Access (LAA) , LTE-Unlicensed (LTE-U) radio access technology, or NR technology in an unlicensed band such as the 5 GHz industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) band.
  • LAA License Assisted Access
  • LTE-U LTE-Unlicensed
  • NR NR technology
  • an unlicensed band such as the 5 GHz industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) band.
  • devices such as the base stations 105 and the UEs 115 may employ carrier sensing for collision detection and avoidance.
  • operations in unlicensed bands may be based on a carrier aggregation configuration in conjunction with component carriers operating in a licensed band (e.g., LAA) .
  • Operations in unlicensed spectrum may include downlink transmissions, uplink transmissions, P2P transmissions, or D2D transmissions, among other examples.
  • a base station 105 or a UE 115 may be equipped with multiple antennas, which may be used to employ techniques such as transmit diversity, receive diversity, multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communications, or beamforming.
  • the antennas of a base station 105 or a UE 115 may be located within one or more antenna arrays or antenna panels, which may support MIMO operations or transmit or receive beamforming.
  • one or more base station antennas or antenna arrays may be co-located at an antenna assembly, such as an antenna tower.
  • antennas or antenna arrays associated with a base station 105 may be located in diverse geographic locations.
  • a base station 105 may have an antenna array with a number of rows and columns of antenna ports that the base station 105 may use to support beamforming of communications with a UE 115.
  • a UE 115 may have one or more antenna arrays that may support various MIMO or beamforming operations.
  • an antenna panel may support radio frequency beamforming for a signal transmitted via an antenna port.
  • the base stations 105 or the UEs 115 may use MIMO communications to exploit multipath signal propagation and increase the spectral efficiency by transmitting or receiving multiple signals via different spatial layers. Such techniques may be referred to as spatial multiplexing.
  • the multiple signals may, for example, be transmitted by the transmitting device via different antennas or different combinations of antennas. Likewise, the multiple signals may be received by the receiving device via different antennas or different combinations of antennas.
  • Each of the multiple signals may be referred to as a separate spatial stream and may carry bits associated with the same data stream (e.g., the same codeword) or different data streams (e.g., different codewords) .
  • Different spatial layers may be associated with different antenna ports used for channel measurement and reporting.
  • MIMO techniques include single-user MIMO (SU-MIMO) , where multiple spatial layers are transmitted to the same receiving device, and multiple-user MIMO (MU-MIMO) , where multiple spatial layers are transmitted to multiple devices.
  • SU-MIMO single-user MIMO
  • Beamforming which may also be referred to as spatial filtering, directional transmission, or directional reception, is a signal processing technique that may be used at a transmitting device or a receiving device (e.g., a base station 105, a UE 115) to shape or steer an antenna beam (e.g., a transmit beam, a receive beam) along a spatial path between the transmitting device and the receiving device.
  • Beamforming may be achieved by combining the signals communicated via antenna elements of an antenna array such that some signals propagating at particular orientations with respect to an antenna array experience constructive interference while others experience destructive interference.
  • the adjustment of signals communicated via the antenna elements may include a transmitting device or a receiving device applying amplitude offsets, phase offsets, or both to signals carried via the antenna elements associated with the device.
  • the adjustments associated with each of the antenna elements may be defined by a beamforming weight set associated with a particular orientation (e.g., with respect to the antenna array of the transmitting device or receiving device, or with respect to some other orientation) .
  • a base station 105 or a UE 115 may use beam sweeping techniques as part of beam forming operations.
  • a base station 105 may use multiple antennas or antenna arrays (e.g., antenna panels) to conduct beamforming operations for directional communications with a UE 115.
  • Some signals e.g., synchronization signals, reference signals, beam selection signals, or other control signals
  • the base station 105 may transmit a signal according to different beamforming weight sets associated with different directions of transmission.
  • Transmissions in different beam directions may be used to identify (e.g., by a transmitting device, such as a base station 105, or by a receiving device, such as a UE 115) a beam direction for later transmission or reception by the base station 105.
  • a transmitting device such as a base station 105
  • a receiving device such as a UE 115
  • Some signals may be transmitted by a base station 105 in a single beam direction (e.g., a direction associated with the receiving device, such as a UE 115) .
  • the beam direction associated with transmissions along a single beam direction may be determined based on a signal that was transmitted in one or more beam directions.
  • a UE 115 may receive one or more of the signals transmitted by the base station 105 in different directions and may report to the base station 105 an indication of the signal that the UE 115 received with a highest signal quality or an otherwise acceptable signal quality.
  • transmissions by a device may be performed using multiple beam directions, and the device may use a combination of digital precoding or radio frequency beamforming to generate a combined beam for transmission (e.g., from a base station 105 to a UE 115) .
  • the UE 115 may report feedback that indicates precoding weights for one or more beam directions, and the feedback may correspond to a configured number of beams across a system bandwidth or one or more sub-bands.
  • the base station 105 may transmit a reference signal (e.g., a cell-specific reference signal (CRS) , a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) ) , which may be precoded or unprecoded.
  • a reference signal e.g., a cell-specific reference signal (CRS) , a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS)
  • CRS cell-specific reference signal
  • CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
  • the UE 115 may provide feedback for beam selection, which may be a precoding matrix indicator (PMI) or codebook-based feedback (e.g., a multi-panel type codebook, a linear combination type codebook, a port selection type codebook) .
  • PMI precoding matrix indicator
  • codebook-based feedback e.g., a multi-panel type codebook, a linear combination type codebook, a port selection type codebook
  • a UE 115 may employ similar techniques for transmitting signals multiple times in different directions (e.g., for identifying a beam direction for subsequent transmission or reception by the UE 115) or for transmitting a signal in a single direction (e.g., for transmitting data to a receiving device) .
  • a receiving device may try multiple receive configurations (e.g., directional listening) when receiving various signals from the base station 105, such as synchronization signals, reference signals, beam selection signals, or other control signals.
  • receive configurations e.g., directional listening
  • a receiving device may try multiple receive directions by receiving via different antenna subarrays, by processing received signals according to different antenna subarrays, by receiving according to different receive beamforming weight sets (e.g., different directional listening weight sets) applied to signals received at multiple antenna elements of an antenna array, or by processing received signals according to different receive beamforming weight sets applied to signals received at multiple antenna elements of an antenna array, any of which may be referred to as “listening” according to different receive configurations or receive directions.
  • receive beamforming weight sets e.g., different directional listening weight sets
  • a receiving device may use a single receive configuration to receive along a single beam direction (e.g., when receiving a data signal) .
  • the single receive configuration may be aligned in a beam direction determined based on listening according to different receive configuration directions (e.g., a beam direction determined to have a highest signal strength, highest signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) , or otherwise acceptable signal quality based on listening according to multiple beam directions) .
  • SNR signal-to-noise ratio
  • the wireless communications system 100 may be a packet-based network that operates according to a layered protocol stack.
  • communications at the bearer or Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer may be IP-based.
  • a Radio Link Control (RLC) layer may perform packet segmentation and reassembly to communicate over logical channels.
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • a Medium Access Control (MAC) layer may perform priority handling and multiplexing of logical channels into transport channels.
  • the MAC layer may also use error detection techniques, error correction techniques, or both to support retransmissions at the MAC layer to improve link efficiency.
  • the Radio Resource Control (RRC) protocol layer may provide establishment, configuration, and maintenance of an RRC connection between a UE 115 and a base station 105 or a core network 130 supporting radio bearers for user plane data.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • transport channels may be mapped to physical channels.
  • the UEs 115 and the base stations 105 may support retransmissions of data to increase the likelihood that data is received successfully.
  • Hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback is one technique for increasing the likelihood that data is received correctly over a communication link 125.
  • HARQ may include a combination of error detection (e.g., using a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) ) , forward error correction (FEC) , and retransmission (e.g., automatic repeat request (ARQ) ) .
  • FEC forward error correction
  • ARQ automatic repeat request
  • HARQ may improve throughput at the MAC layer in poor radio conditions (e.g., low signal-to-noise conditions) .
  • a device may support same-slot HARQ feedback, where the device may provide HARQ feedback in a specific slot for data received in a previous symbol in the slot. In other cases, the device may provide HARQ feedback in a subsequent slot, or according to some other time interval.
  • a UE 115 may receive, from a base station 105, a configuration for transmitting a CSI report, and transmitting the CSI report.
  • the configuration may indicate a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the CSI report, where each alternative report is associated with a different precoding instance (e.g., a different transmit beam) of a CSI reference signal (CSI-RS) resource.
  • the UE 115 may include up to the maximum number of alternative reports in the CSI report, and may order the reports according to one or more priority rules.
  • the described techniques may include receiving, from a base station 105, a configuration for a CSI report.
  • the UE 115 may identify that different precoding instances of a CSI-RS resource are grouped into one or more subsets. Each subset may correspond to a subset of transmit beams.
  • the UE 115 may be configured to select one or more precoding instances from each subset, and may include an alternate report for the selected precoding instance in the CSI report.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates an example of a wireless communications system 200 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • wireless communications system 200 may implement aspects of wireless communications system 100.
  • Wireless communications system 200 may include a UE 115-a, a UE 115-b, and a base station 105-a, which may be examples of corresponding devices described with reference to FIG. 1.
  • base station 105-a may communicate with one or more UEs 115 (e.g., UE 115-a and UE 115-b) .
  • base station 105-a may operate in a time division duplex mode. In such examples, some transmission time intervals (TTIs) may be allocated for downlink transmission over downlink communication link 205, and some TTIs may be allocated for uplink transmissions over uplink communication link 210. In such examples, during downlink TTIs (e.g., a set of one or more slots) , base station 105-a may transmit one or more downlink messages over downlink communication link 205, to UE 115-a. Base station 105-amay transmit the downlink messages using one or more antenna panels over one or more transmit beams.
  • TTIs transmission time intervals
  • base station 105-a may transmit one or more downlink messages over downlink communication link 205, to UE 115-a.
  • Base station 105-a may transmit the downlink messages using one or more antenna panels over one or more transmit beams.
  • base station 105-a may receive one or more uplink messages over uplink communication link 210, from UE 115-b.
  • Base station 105-a may receive the uplink messages using one or more antenna panels over one or more receive beams.
  • base station 105-a may operate in a full duplex mode. In such examples, base station 105-a may simultaneous transmit downlink messages and receive uplink messages. For instance, base station 105-a may simultaneously transmit downlink messages over downlink communication link 205 and receive uplink messages over uplink communication link 210.
  • Resources 220 may be allocated for uplink and downlink communications. In any given slot in full-duplex mode, resources on a first channel (e.g., a 40 MHz channel) and a second channel (e.g., a 40 MHz channel) may be allocated for downlink communications over downlink communication link 205.
  • a first channel e.g., a 40 MHz channel
  • a second channel e.g., a 40 MHz channel
  • resources on a third channel may be allocated for uplink communication over uplink communication link 210.
  • base station 105-a may receive, using a first antenna panel, uplink communications from UE 115-b, and may transmit, using a second antenna panel, downlink communications to UE 115-a.
  • Base station 105-a may transmit, over a downlink communication link 205, one or more CSI-RSs.
  • UEs 115 may perform measurements and transmit CSI reports to base station 105-a over an uplink communication link 210.
  • UEs 115 may provide only channel quality information for a preferred beam.
  • a base station 105 or UE 115 may experience self-interference.
  • a UE 115 may provide channel quality information regarding multiple transmit beams, instead of only one, which may allow a base station 105 to improve transmission efficiency, reduce signaling overhead, and improve user experience.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates an example of a wireless communications system 300 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the wireless communications system 300 may implement aspects of wireless communications system 100 and 200.
  • the wireless communications system 300 may include a UE 115-c, a UE 115-d, a base station 105-b, and a base station 105-c, which may be examples of the corresponding devices described with reference to FIG. 1.
  • the wireless communications system 300 may support full-duplex communications at one or both ends of a communication link (e.g., for a UE 115, a base station 105, or both) .
  • a base station 105-b may determine time or frequency resources, or both, in which uplink communication (e.g., one or more uplink transmissions) to the base station 105-b overlaps in time with downlink communication (e.g., one or more downlink transmissions) to a UE 115-c.
  • the base station 105-b may transmit an indication, which may be referred to as an uplink indication, of the time or frequency resources to the UE 115-c and the UE 115-c may decode the downlink communication accordingly.
  • the wireless communications system 300 a full-duplex communications system or a high-density communications system, may provide more reliable and robust communication in high-interference environments.
  • the UE 115-c and the base station 105-b may support full-duplex communications over an uplink communication link 305-a and a downlink communication link 310-a. While transmitting and receiving signals using full-duplex communications, the UE 115-c or the base station 105-b, or both, may experience self-interference (e.g., due to transmitting and receiving signals via spatially proximate antenna arrays) .
  • the base station 105-b may experience self-interference when receiving uplink communications from one or more UEs 115 (e.g., including UEs 115-a and 115-b) while simultaneously communicating on the downlink communication link 310-ato the UE 115-c, where the downlink signaling may generate the self-interference on the reception on the uplink communication link 305-aat the base station 105-b.
  • base station 105-b may transmit a downlink message over downlink communication link 310-a to UE 115-c using a downlink antenna array.
  • UE 115-c (operating in full-duplex mode) may transmit an uplink message over uplink communication link 305-a.
  • the downlink message may be transmitted at a high power. However, due to the physical location of UE 115-c, base station 105-b may receive the uplink message at a lower power than the power at which it transmits the downlink message. Thus, if the frequency resources of the uplink message and the downlink message are located close to each other in the frequency domain, or if the transmit antenna array and the receive antenna array are physically proximate one another, or a combination of both, the downlink message may interfere with the uplink message. Similarly, a downlink message to UE 115c may interfere with reception of an uplink message from UE 115-d.
  • the base station 105-b may experience cross-link interference from the base station 105-c (over communication link 315-d) or from the UE 115-d (over communication link 315-b) . Additionally, similar conditions may apply to the UE 115-d and the base station 105-c based on simultaneously communicating via uplink communication link 305-b and downlink communication link 310-b or based on being within close proximity of the UE 115-c or the base station 105-b.
  • a UE 115 may experience self-interference for similar reasons. For instance, the UE 115-c may transmit a signal (e.g., an uplink transmission) to the base station 105-b on the uplink communication link 305-a via a transmit antenna array while simultaneously receiving a signal (e.g., a downlink transmission 325) from the base station 105-b on the downlink communication link 310-a via a receive antenna array. In some cases (e.g., when the transmit antenna array is spatially proximate to the receive antenna array) , the UE 115-c may experience interference at the receive antenna array from transmissions via the transmit antenna array. In particular, the UE 115-c may experience interference on its receive antennas from its own uplink transmissions 320.
  • a signal e.g., an uplink transmission
  • a signal e.g., a downlink transmission 325
  • the UE 115-c may experience interference at the receive antenna array from transmissions via the transmit antenna array.
  • the UE 115-c may experience cross-link interference from uplink transmissions of a nearby or neighboring UE 115-d.
  • the UE 115-c may experience cross-link interference from uplink transmissions by the UE 115-d, which may be nearby or within a threshold distance of the UE 115-c.
  • the UE 115-d may transmit over uplink communication link 305-b, which may generate or otherwise cause interfering signals over communication link 315-a that result in interference at the UE 115-c.
  • the UE 115-c may similarly experience cross-link interference from the base station 105-c via communication link 315-c.
  • a base station 105 may determine transmit beams over which to communicate with a UE 115 (e.g., UE 115-c) based on channel state information from UE 115-c. For example, base station 105-a may transmit one or more CSI-RSs over downlink communication link 310-a. UE 115-a may receive the CSI-RSs, perform one or more measurements, and transmit a CSI report indicating channel metrics for one or more preferred beams to base station 105-b. In some examples, the CSI report may indicate a preferred beam.
  • a preferred beam determined during a CSI-RS resource may not be free of interference during a full-duplex TTI, as a result of the self-interference described herein.
  • base station 105-b may transmit CSI-RSs over a set of beams (e.g., a first beam, a second beam, a third beam, and a fourth beam) .
  • UE 115-c may perform channel measurements and determine channel quality for the beams, and may determine that the first beam is the preferred beam (e.g., the first beam has the highest CQI value of the four beams) . In such examples, UE 115-c may transmit a CSI report indicating the first beam as the preferred beam.
  • UE 115-c may have received the CSI-RSs during slots in which the base station 105-b was not operating in a full-duplex mode.
  • base station 105-b may schedule downlink communications for UE 115-c and uplink communications from another UE 115 (e.g., UE 115-d) .
  • the antenna array base station 105-b uses to receive uplink communications from UE 115-d may be spatially proximate to the antenna array base station 105-b uses to transmit downlink communications to UE 115-c using the first beam.
  • Base station 105-b may thus determine that, despite the indication that the first beam is the preferred beam, communications over the first beam will likely interfere with uplink communications from UE 115-d.
  • base station 105-b may configure UE 115-c to report a maximum number of alternative reports to base station 105-b, and may configure UE 115-c with one or more CSI quantities (e.g., CQI, CRI, RI, beam indices, or the like) .
  • UE 115-c may send a CSI report to base station 105-b including a set of alternative reports.
  • the set of alternative reports may number up to the configured maximum number of alternative reports, each alternative report indicating CSI (e.g., the configured CSI quantities) for different precoding instances (e.g., different beams on which to communicate with UE 115-c) .
  • base station 105-b may select one of the alternative beams that best serves overall communications.
  • UE 115-c may report that the first of four beams is a preferred beam (e.g., a first alternative) , that the third beam is not as good as the first beam (e.g., has a lower CQI value than the first beam) but still serviceable, and that the second beam is not as good as the first or third beam (e.g., has a lower CQI value than the first beam and the third beam) , but is still serviceable.
  • UE 115-c may report all available alternative beams up to the maximum number of alternative reports that satisfy a threshold CQI value. Any beam that does not satisfy the threshold CQI value may be excluded from the set of alternative reports that make up the CSI report.
  • UE 115-c may order the alternative reports in the CSI report according to priority (e.g., may locate alternative reports that have higher CQI values prior to alternative reports that have lower CQI values within the CSI report) .
  • various codebook types may be designed based on one dimensional Fourier transforms or two dimensional Fourier transforms, and may implicitly assume a uniform linear or planar array employed at a base station 105.
  • a UE 115 may use a variety of two dimensional antenna array dimensions, and codebooks may therefore be configurable and scalable, as described in greater detail with reference to FIG. 4.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates an example of an antenna array 400 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • antenna array 400 may implement aspects of wireless communications system 100, 200 and 300.
  • a device may communicate using one or more antennas.
  • an antenna port layer of an antenna panel may be defined in vertical and horizontal dimensions (e.g., N 1 ⁇ N 2 ) .
  • Antenna arrays may be explicitly configured as part of a codebook configuration. For multi-panel codebooks, a number of panels N g may also be configured.
  • a base station 105 or a UE 115 may be configured with multiple antennas having various dimensions.
  • an antenna panel may be defined by any number of combinations of vertical and horizontal dimensions, respectively (e.g., an antenna panel or antenna array may be configured such that an antenna panel is a 1 ⁇ 2, 2 ⁇ 1, 2 ⁇ 2, 4 ⁇ 4, 2 ⁇ 8, 3 ⁇ 2, 4 ⁇ 1, 4 ⁇ 2, 4 ⁇ 3, 8 ⁇ 1, 6 ⁇ 1, 6 ⁇ 2, 12 ⁇ 1, 16 ⁇ 1, or the like) , and a UE 115 may be configured to communicate via multiple panels 410.
  • a UE 115 in some wireless communications systems e.g., an NR system
  • an antenna panel may be configured with a number (e.g., four) of antenna panels, each of which may have a number of antenna ports (e.g., 2 ⁇ 2) .
  • a base station configured with such a set of antenna panels may transmit and receive via various beams generated by the multiple panels.
  • a type I single-panel codebook may contain dimensional Fourier transform precoder vectors with linearly increasing phases over the antenna ports in each special dimension.
  • Such codebook designs may assume an antenna setup of phase-calibrated and equally spaced antenna ports in each spatial dimension.
  • an uncalibrated multi-panel array or non-uniform multi-panel array may assume that dimensional Fourier transforms codebooks are broken. That is, applying a dimensional Fourier transform precoder across antenna elements of multiple panels may not result in an efficient representation of channel response.
  • a phase shift between the antenna elements may be defined as for non-uniform panel arrays, instead of which may be used for a dimensional Fourier transform precoder, to create a linear phase front, where k is a dimensional Fourier transform precoder index, N is a number of antennas in a dimension, and ⁇ panel is an additional distance between panels compared to a distance between panels in a uniform multi-panel array.
  • an additional phase offset between antenna panels may be added due to, for example, different LO phase state or frequency offset.
  • a phase offset may be completely random and thus uniformly distributed.
  • a special codebook design for such an antenna setup may be used.
  • a first panel 410-a may be used for transmitting (e.g., generating a transmit beam) and a second panel 410-b may be used for receiving (e.g., generating a receive beam) in a full-duplex mode.
  • different sets of panels may be used for transmitting (e.g., panel 410-a and panel 410-b) and other sets of panels may be used for receiving (e.g., panel 410-c and panel 410-d) .
  • a base station 105 with such antenna arrays may generate multiple CSI-RSs for transmission to one or more UEs 115.
  • the base station 105 may precode the CSI-RSs such that each transmit beam is associated with a precoding instance. For instance, the base station may generate a first beam using panel 410-a, a second beam using panel 410-b, a third beam using panel 410-c, and a fourth beam using panel 410-d.
  • the base station 105 may transmit a CSI-RS over a CSI-RS resource, where each of the four transmit beams is associated with a precoding instance.
  • the UE 115 may perform one or more measurements, and may transmit a set of one or more alternative reports. For instance, the UE 115 may generate an alternative report for a first precoding instance associated with the first transmit beam, an alternative report for a second precoding instance associated with the second transmit beam, an alternative report for a third precoding instance associated with the third transmit beam, and an alternative report for a fourth precoding instance associated with the fourth transmit beam. Such alternative reporting may improve scheduling efficiency for a base station 105, as described in greater detail with reference to FIG. 5.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates an example of a communications scheme 500 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • communications scheme 500 may implement aspects of wireless communications systems 100, 200, and 300.
  • a base station 105 and one or more UEs 115 may communicate over resources 505.
  • resources 505 may be allocated for uplink and downlink communications.
  • the resource allocations may vary across slots 510, and may support full-duplex operations in some slots.
  • resources 505 may be allocated for transmitting downlink signals 525.
  • base station 105 may transmit one or more CSI-RSs.
  • some resources may be allocated for transmitting downlink data 520-a, while other resources maybe allocated for receiving PUSCH 515-a.
  • resources 505 for uplink or downlink signaling may be allocated across different channels, as described with reference to FIG. 2.
  • resources 505 for uplink or downlink signaling may be allocated across different channels, as described with reference to FIG. 2.
  • resources 505 may be allocated for transmitting downlink data 520-b, while other resources maybe allocated for receiving PUSCH 515-b.
  • resources may be allocated for receiving PUSCH 515-c.
  • a resource allocation of resources 505 may be repeat (e.g., the multi-slot pattern may repeat one or more times with respect to time) .
  • Base station 105 may communicate with one or more UEs 115 using antenna panels. Antenna panels may be uniform or non-uniform, and base station 105 may configure and operate such antenna panels, as described with reference to FIG. 4. In some examples, base station 105 may utilize multiple antenna panels differently across slots. For instance, during first slot 510-a, base station 105 may not be operating in full-duplex mode. Base station 105 may therefore use first panel 530 to generate one or more transmit beams 540 for transmitting downlink signals 525, and may also use second panel 535 to generate one or more transmit beams 540 for transmitting downlink signals 525. During second slot 510-b and third slot 510-c, base station 105 may be operating in a full duplex mode.
  • base station 105 may use first panel 530 to generate one or more transmit beams 540 for transmitting downlink data 520-a and downlink data 520-b.
  • base station 105 may use second panel 535 to generate one or more receive beams 540 for receiving PUSCH 515-a and PUSCH 515-b.
  • base station 105 may simultaneously transmit downlink data 520 and receive PUSCH 515.
  • base station 105 may reconfigure one or more antenna panels across slots. For example, base station 105 may use first antenna panel to generate transmit beams 540 during second slot 510-b, but may use fist panel 530 to generate a receive beam 545 during third slot 510-c (not shown) . Similarly, base station 105 may configure different beams using a single panel. For instance, during second slot 510-b base station 105 may generate a first set of one or more transmit beams 540. During third slot 510-c, base station 105 may reconfigure the antenna ports of first panel 530 to generate a different set of one or more transmit beams 540.
  • base station 105 may reconfigure one or both of first panel 530 and second panel 535 to receive PUSCH 515-c. For example, base station 105 may use first panel 530 to generate one or more receive beams 545, and may use second panel 535 to generate one or more receive beams 545, and may use both first panel 530 and second panel 535 to receive uplink signaling over PUSCH 515-c.
  • transmissions over beams that are ideal or preferred during one slot 510 may experience interference over the same beams during a different slot 510.
  • base station 105 may transmit CSI-RSs during first slot 510-aover a first transmit beam 540 using first panel 530.
  • Base station 105 may simultaneously transmit over a second transmit beam 540 using second panel 535, which may not cause any interference or may cause an acceptable amount of interference with the transmit beam 540 generated by first panel 530.
  • a first UE 115 may receive the CSI-RSs over one or more CSI-RS resources, and may identify a preferred beam. In a CSI-RS report, the first UE 115 may indicate a preferred beam 540 generated by first panel 530.
  • base station 105 may be operating in full-duplex mode. Although the transmit beam 540 generated by first panel 530 may remain unchanged, base station 105 may simultaneously be receiving uplink transmissions from a second UE 115 using a receive beam 545 generated by second panel 535. In such examples, base station 105 may determine that a downlink transmission during third slot 510-c using the transmit beam 540 generated by first panel 530 may interfere with uplink communications received from the second UE 115 using the receive beam 545 generated by second panel 535. Such interference may result in failed transmissions, increased numbers of retransmissions, system latency, and decreased user experience.
  • base station 105 may instruct UEs 115 to provide CSI-reports including a number of alternative reports. That is, for each precoding instance (e.g., corresponding to each transmit beam) , a UE 115 may take measurements and select a number of alternative precoding instances (e.g., corresponding to a number of alternative beams) on which to report. In such examples, base station 105 may provide a maximum number of alternative reports, and the UE 115 may generate a number of alternative reports that is less than or equal to the maximum number of alternative reports.
  • the UE may generate alternative reports for all precoding instances to which CSI measurements exceed a threshold CQI value (e.g., for all precoding instances that are not less than twenty-five percent less than a maximum CQI value) .
  • the UE may order the reports according to one or more priority schemes, and transmit a CSI report including the alternative reports.
  • the first UE 115 may receive the CSI-RSs during first slot 510-a, and perform measurements for each precoding instance in one or more CSI-RS resources.
  • the first UE 115 may generate an alternative report.
  • a first alternative report may have a highest CQI value corresponding to the transmit beam 540 generated by first panel 530.
  • a second alternative report may have a CQI value that is lower than the highest CQI value, but still supports successful communications over another transmit beam 540 generated by a third panel (not shown) .
  • the first UE 115 may transmit a CSI report including both the first alternative report, and the second alternative report.
  • Base station 105 may receive the alternative reports, and determine which transmit beams to use during subsequent communications. For instance, during a slot 510-b (e.g., of the same repetition of resources 505 or a subsequent repetition of resources 505) , base station 105 may determine that downlink transmissions over the transmit beam 540 generated by first panel 530 will not create interference for uplink signaling over receive beam 545 generated by second panel 535. In such examples, base station 105 may schedule downlink transmissions over the transmit beam 540 of the first alternative report during second slot 510-b.
  • base station 105 may also determine that downlink transmissions over the transmit beam 540 generated by first panel 530 will create interference for uplink signaling over receive beam 545 generated by second panel 535 during third slot 510-c (e.g., based on antenna configurations, uplink communications scheduled with additional UEs 115, locations of various UEs 115, or the like) . In such examples, base station 105 may schedule downlink transmissions over a transmit beam 540 generated by the third panel as indicated by the second alternative report.
  • the CQI value of the second alternative report may not be as high as the CQI value of the first alternative report
  • transmissions using the transmit beam 540 of the second alternative report may be successful without causing self-interference or experiencing interference from other signaling, while transmissions using the transmit beam 540 of the first alternative report may result in interference.
  • CSI report configuration may include an indication of codebook subset restrictions, rank restrictions, beam restrictions, or the like.
  • a base station 105 may determine that some precoders, which may correspond to identified transmission directions, may cause a large amount of interference to neighboring cells. By restricting such directions (e.g., such precoders) such that a UE 115 cannot select those directions, the UE 115 may be forced to select other precoders which may have better inter-cell interference properties.
  • a base station 105 may configure one or more codebook subset restrictions to indicate to a UE that some precoders in the codebook are not allowed to be selected for CSI reporting (e.g., for a PMI report) .
  • base station 105 may transmit (e.g., in a configuration message including the report quantities, the maximum number of alternative reports, or both, or in a different configuration message) an indication of forbidden precoders.
  • the UE 115 may refrain from generating alternative reports corresponding to precoding instances included in the forbidden precoders.
  • base station 105 may provide to the UE 115 multiple groups of precoding instances (e.g., associated with available beams, not including forbidden precoders) . For each group of precoding instances, the UE 115 may be instructed to report one or more alternative reports. For instance, base station 105 may indicate to UE 115 four sets of four beams. For each set, base station 105 may instruct UE 115 to report one best alternative beam (e.g., one alternative report per group) . UE 115 may select a best beam from each of the four sets of four beams, and may transmit, in the CSI report, four alternative reports (e.g., one best beam for each of the four sets) . A base station 105 may utilize such information for subsequent scheduling operations.
  • precoding instances e.g., associated with available beams, not including forbidden precoders
  • the UE 115 may be instructed to report one or more alternative reports. For instance, base station 105 may indicate to UE 115 four sets of four beams. For each set, base station
  • base station 105 may identify four beams that could be used for downlink transmissions during second slot 510-b (not including any beams that would cause interference during second slot 510-b) , and may identify four beams that could be used for downlink transmissions during third slot 510-c (not including any beams that would cause interference during third slot 510-c) .
  • UE 115 may receive the two sets of beams, and may provide one or more (as instructed by base station 105) alternative reports for each of the two sets.
  • Base station 105 may use the indicated beams to schedule downlink transmissions while avoiding interference during the second slot 510-b and third slot 510-c.
  • a UE 115 may determine that none of the precoding instances in a group of precoding instances are useful (e.g., satisfy a CQI threshold) . In such examples, the UE 115 may refrain from including an alternative report for that group of precoding instances.
  • UE 115 may transmit an indication of which group has the highest CQI value.
  • the UE 115 may indicate which of the sets of beams has a beam with the highest CQI value. If the UE 115 takes CSI measurements across multiple CSI RS resources, multiple precoding instances, or both, the UE 115 may determine an average CQI for each set of beams, and indicate which average CQI is highest. Base station 105 may schedule the UE 115 accordingly.
  • base station 105 may schedule UE 115 for downlink transmissions during third slot 510-c instead of second slot 510-b.
  • CSI reports may include multiple quantities. Each alternative report in a CSI report may include each measured quantity for respective precoding instances. That is, a CSI report may include CQI, precoding matrix indicator (PMI) , rank indicator (RI) , level indicator (LI) , level one reference signal received power (L1-RSRP) , a CSI-RS resource indicator (CRI) , beam index, or the like. Interpretation of some fields may be deponent on the values in other fields.
  • a CSI report may include a set of fields in a particular (e.g., standardized) order.
  • a single uplink transmission (e.g., on a PUSCH or a PUCCH) may contain multiple reports, which may be arranged according to priority.
  • Priority may be based on periodicity, type, serving cell index, report configuration identifiers, or the like.
  • An identification of which of the multiple quantities are to be included in a CSI report may be referred to as a report quantity.
  • a first report quantity may indicate no quantities.
  • a second report quantity may indicate that a CSI report is to include CRI, RI, MI, and CQI.
  • a third report quantity may indicate that a CSI report is to include CRI, RI, and IL.
  • a fourth report quantity may indicate that a CSI report is to include CRI, RI, IL, and CQI.
  • a fifth report quantity may indicate that a CSI report is to include CRI, RI, and CQI.
  • a sixth report quantity may indicate that a CSI report is to include CRI and RSRP.
  • a seventh report quantity may indicate that a CSI report is to include an SSB index, and RSRP.
  • An eight report quantity may indicate that a CSI report is to include CRI, RI, LI, PMI, and CQI.
  • a base station may configure the UE 115 with a report quantity. For each alternative report, the UE may determine and report each of the quantities indicated in the report quantity. In some examples, a single configuration message may indicate both the maximum number of alternative reports and the report quantity.
  • the CSI report may include a first portion and a second portion.
  • the first portions of multiple CSI reports may be collected together, while the second portion of multiple CSI reports may be separately collected and separately encoded.
  • the payload size of the first portion of the CSI report may be fixed based on one or more configuration parameters, while the second portion of the CSI report size may depend on configuration as well as the contents of the first portion.
  • the size of the second portion of a CSI report may be determined by the UE 115 based on a number of coded bits/symbols to be output after encoding and rate matching based on a number of input bits and additional factors.
  • the first portion of the CSI report may indicate a number of alternative reports included in the second portion of the CSI report.
  • the CSI report may include alternative reports indicated as differential values with respect to a previously reported alternative report.
  • a first alternative report may include various CSI report quantities (e.g., including CQI) .
  • the first CQI values first set precoding instances may be reported using a number of bits required to indicate the CQI value.
  • CQI values may be reported as a difference between the previous CQI value and the current CQI value. That is, the CQI value in the subsequent CSI report may indicate a change in value (e.g., an increase or decrease in CQI from the previously reported CQI value for each precoding instance) .
  • Reporting differential values may require less bits than repeatedly reporting full values for all indicated reporting quantities. But using less bits, a UE 115 may be able to omit fewer alternative reports when the CSI report size exceeds the CSI report container size.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates an example of a priority scheme 600 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • priority scheme 600 may implement aspects of wireless communications systems 100, 200, and 300.
  • a UE 115 may provide multiple alternative reports to a base station 105. That is, as described in greater detail with reference to FIGs. 1-5, the UE 115 may receive one or more CSI-RSs over one or more CSI-RS resources. The base station may transmit CSI-RSs over a variety of transmit beams. For each transmit beam (e.g., for each precoding instance) , the UE 115 may perform one or more CSI measurements and generate multiple alternative reports, as instructed by the base station 105. That is, each report may include one or more elements, such as a PMI, an RI, a beam index, a CQI, a CRI, or the like. Each alternative report may include the indicated elements for each precoding instance (e.g., each transmit beam) . The UE 115 may thus transmit a CSI report to the base station 105 including multiple alternative reports.
  • the base station 105 may allocate resources for the CSI report (e.g., PUSCH resources in frequency and time domains) without any knowledge (e.g., based on historical data, past RI selections, or the like) of the RI selection the UE 115 will make. It is therefore possible that in some examples, a base station 105 may configure a CSI report container that is too small for a CSI report subsequently generated by a UE 115. In such examples, a CSI payload will not fit in the configured CSI report container (e.g., the code rate will be too high to transmit the CSI report within the CSI report container, or un-coded systematic bits will not fit within the CSI report container, or the like) .
  • resources for the CSI report e.g., PUSCH resources in frequency and time domains
  • a base station 105 may configure a CSI report container that is too small for a CSI report subsequently generated by a UE 115.
  • a CSI payload will not fit in
  • a UE 115 may drop the entire CSI report, resulting in wasted resources, lack of CSI information at the base station, decrease in system efficiency, etc. Instead, in some examples, a UE 115 may drop only a portion of the CSI report, and transmit another portion that may be included in the CSI report container at a useable coding rate. In such examples, at least some CSI information may reach a base station 105, which may improve scheduling efficiency.
  • the base station may configure the UE to include multiple alternative reports in the CSI report.
  • the UE 115 may determine, based on base station configuration, received CSI-RSs, measurements taken, or the like, a number of alternative reports for a number of precoding instances to include in the CSI report.
  • the information included in the determined alternative reports may exceed the size of the CSI report container. In such examples, the UE 115 may omit at least a portion of the CSI report.
  • the UE 115 may order, prioritize, multiplex, or otherwise compile the alternative reports to increase the likelihood that higher prioritized information will be transmitted even if lower prioritized information is omitted. That is, UE 115 may prioritize one or more wideband alternative reports 605, one or more even subband alternative reports 610, and one or more odd subband alternative reports 615, and may order them accordingly within a CSI report container for CSI report 620. If a code rate for transmitting the entire CSI report 620 exceeds a threshold code rate for the CSI report container, then the UE 115 may omit a number of bits (e.g., least significant bits) of the CSI report 620, until the code rate falls below the threshold code rate.
  • a code rate for transmitting the entire CSI report 620 exceeds a threshold code rate for the CSI report container
  • the UE 115 may omit only lower priority alternative reports and transmit the remainder of higher priority alternative reports. That is, the UE 115 may order the alternative reports such that higher priority alternative reports are located at the beginning of CSI report 620 (e.g., in first portion 625 of CSI report 620) and that lower priority alternative reports are located nearer to the end of CSI report 620 (e.g., in a second portion 630 of CSI report 620) . Thus, if the UE 115 transmits first portion 625 but omits second portion 630 of CSI report 620 due to the size of the configured CSI report container, the UE 115 may transmit higher priority alternative reports despite the omission.
  • the UE 115 may order the alternative reports within CSI report 620 according to one or more priority rules, as described in greater detail with reference to FIGs. 7-10.
  • the priority rules may be standardized and known by the UE 115 and the base station 105.
  • the UE may autonomously select a defined priority rule and use it to order CSI report 620.
  • base station 105 may configure the UE 115 with a priority rule for consistent use, may dynamically configure the UE 115 with the priority rules, or may semi-persistently configure the UE 115 to use a priority rule (e.g., for a predetermined or indicated amount of time, or until otherwise configured via additional signaling) .
  • the base station 105 may indicate a set of priority rules, or a set of available priority rules may be standardized. In such examples, the base station 105 may indicate a priority rule from the set of configured or standardized priority rules. In any of the above described scenarios, a base station 105 may be aware of the use of prioritization rules or of a specific prioritization rule that is in use. The base station may receive the alternative reports included in CSI report 620, and may determine that alternative reports are higher priority than alternative reports that are located subsequently within CSI report 620 and are lower priority reports than alternative reports located previously within CSI report 620.
  • a UE 115 may order or multiplex alternative reports within CSI report 620 based on preferred beams. For instance, the UE 115 may prioritize an alternative report for a preferred beam (e.g., a first beam having a highest CQI) above an alternative report for a non-preferred beam (e.g., a second beam having a lower CQI than the highest CQI) .
  • a preferred beam e.g., a first beam having a highest CQI
  • a non-preferred beam e.g., a second beam having a lower CQI than the highest CQI
  • a UE 115 may order or multiplex alternative reports within CSI report 620 based on report type, band type, CSI-RS resource (e.g., report numbers) , alternative rank, or the like. For instance, wideband alternative reports may be prioritized before subband alternative reports, even subband alternative reports may be prioritized before odd subband alternative reports, alternative reports associated with a first CSI-RS resource may be prioritized alternative reports associated with a second CSI-RS resource associated with a second CSI-RS resource.
  • alternative reports may be prioritized in descending order of CQI.
  • a priority rule may indicate that a portion of part 2 (e.g., a last portion of part 2) of a CSI report may be omitted if it exceeds the size of a configured CSI report container.
  • the rule may further indicate that, for a first report (e.g., a first CSI-RS resource) , all wideband CSI precedes all even subband CSI, which precedes all odd subband CSI.
  • the same ordering may then apply, according to the priority rule, to wideband, even subband, and odd subband CSI associated with a second report (e.g., a second CSI-RS resource) .
  • one or more priority rules may indicate priority based on CSI report content. For example, two or more CSI report transmissions may collide (e.g., are scheduled to be simultaneously transmitted) . For instance, a periodic CSI report and an aperiodic CSI report may be scheduled for simultaneously transmission. In such examples, the multiple CSI reports may result in too large a payload size that does not fit in the CSI report container (e.g., due to HARQ-ACK or SR additional being multiplexed) . In such examples some of the CSI-RS reports may be dropped. Priority rules may indicate that CSI reports are prioritized according to time-domain behaviors and physical channels, where dynamic reports have a higher priority than less dynamic reports, PUSCH have higher priority than PUCCH, etc.
  • An aperiodic report may have higher priority than semi-persistent CSI reports over a PUSCH, which may have higher priority than a semi-persistent report on a PUCCH which may have priority over a periodic CSI report.
  • the reports may be prioritized depending on CSI content, where beam reports (e.g., L1-RSRP reporting) may have higher priority than other CSI reports.
  • beam reports e.g., L1-RSRP reporting
  • CSI reporting may be conditioned on a serving beam, if a beam is not correct the CSI report may not be valuable. If conflicts still occur, then CSI reports may be prioritized based on a report configuration identifier value. In some cases, only a single CSI report may be transmitted.
  • multiple PUCCH based CSI reports may collide, and a UE may transmit multiple transmissions (e.g., including multiple alternative CSI reports) over a multi-CSI PUCCH resource, where several CSI reports are multiplexed in case of collisions. In such examples, transmitting multiple CSI reports may be possible without exceeding a maximum UCI code rate.
  • a UE 115 may order the alternative reports according to one or more priority rules. Ordering and prioritization schemes are described in greater detail with reference to FIGs. 7-10.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates an example of a priority scheme 700 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • priority scheme 700 may implement aspects of wireless communications systems 100, 200, and 300.
  • UE 115 may order one or more alternative reports in a CSI report such that wideband alternative reports are prioritized over subband alternative reports and alternative reports associated with a first CSI-RS resource are prioritized over alternative reports associated with a second CSI-RS resource.
  • UE 115 may generate CSI report 705.
  • CSI report 705 may include wideband alternative reports 710, even subband alternative reports 720, and odd subband alternative reports 725 associated with a first CSI-RS resources. Additionally, CSI report 705 may include wideband alternative reports 715, even subband alternative reports 730 and odd subband alternative reports 735 associated with a second CSI-RS resource.
  • UE 115 may prioritize wideband alternative reports over subband alternative reports. For example, wideband alternative reports 710 and wideband alternative reports 715 may be prioritized over even subband alternative reports 720 and odd subband alternative reports 725, respectively, and even subband alternative reports 730 and odd subband alternative reports 735.
  • each category of alternative reports e.g.
  • UE 115 may prioritize alternative reports associated with the first CSI-RS resource over alternative reports associated with the second CSI-RS resource. For example, wideband alternative reports 710 may be prioritized over wideband alternative reports 715.
  • UE 115 may transmit, to base station 105, a set of alternative reports for each CSI-RS resource. For examples, UE 115 may generate a CSI report 705 with three wideband alternative reports 710-a, 710-b, and 710-c associated with first CSI-RS resource, three even subband alternative reports 720-a, 720-b, and 720-c associated with first CSI-RS resource, and three even subband alternative reports 725-a, 725-b, and 725-c associated with first CSI-RS resource based on a measurement taken with respect to a CSI-RS received during a first resource.
  • UE 115 may generate a CSI report with three wideband alternative reports 715-a, 715-b, and 715-c, three even subband alternative reports 730-a, 730-b, and 730-c and three even subband alternative reports 735-a, 735-b, and 735-c associated with the second CSI-RS resource.
  • UE 115 may prioritize the wideband alternative reports 710 associated with the first CSI-RS resource over the wideband alternative reports 715 associated with the second CSI-RS resource, and may prioritize wideband alternative report 715 associated with the second CSI-RS resource over even subband alternative reports 720 and odd subband alternative reports 725 associated with the first CSI-RS resource.
  • the UE may further prioritize even subband alternative reports 720 and odd subband alternative reports 725 associated with the first CSI-RS resource over even subband alternative report 730 and odd subband alternative report 735 associated with the second CSI-RS resource.
  • UE 115-a may prioritize the multiple alternative reports for each CSI-RS resource in descending order of CQI value.
  • wideband alternative report 710-a may have a larger CQI value than wideband alternative report 710-b which may have a CQI value that is larger than CQI value of wideband alternative report 710-c.
  • UE 115 may order the alternative reports such that wideband alternative report 710-a is prioritized over wideband alternative report 710-b and wideband alternative report 710-b is prioritized over wideband alternative report 710-c.
  • alternative reports in other categories may be ordered in descending order of CQI values.
  • Wideband alternative report 715-a may come before wideband alternative report 715-b which may come before wideband alternative report 715-c.
  • Even subband alternative report 720-a and odd subband alternative report 725-a may take priority over even subband alternative report 720-b and odd subband alternative report 725-b which may take priority over even subband alternative reports 720-c and odd subband alternative reports 725-c.
  • Even subband alternative reports 730-a and odd subband alternative reports 735-a may come before even subband alternative reports 730-b and odd subband alternative reports 735-b which may take priority over even subband alternative reports 730-c and odd subband alternative reports 735-c.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates an example of a priority scheme 800 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • priority scheme 800 may implement aspects of wireless communications systems 100, 200, and 300.
  • UE 115 may order one or more alternative reports in a CSI report such that wideband alternative reports are prioritized over subband alternative reports and alternative reports associated with a first CSI-RS resource are prioritized over alternative reports associated with a second CSI-RS resource.
  • UE 115 may generate CSI report 805.
  • CSI report 805 may include wideband alternative reports 810, even subband alternative reports 820 and odd subband alternative report 825 associated with a first CSI-RS resources. Additionally, CSI report 805 may include wideband alternative reports 815, even subband alternative reports 830 and odd subband alternative reports 835 associated with a second CSI-RS resource.
  • UE 115 may prioritize alternative reports associated with the first CSI-RS resource over alternative reports associated with the second CSI-RS resource. For example, wideband alternative report 810 and even subband alternative reports 820 and odd subband alternative reports 825 may take priority over wideband alternative report 815 and odd subband alternative reports 830 and odd subband alternative reports 835. Additionally, for each CSI-RS resource, UE 115 may prioritize wideband alternative reports over subband alternative reports. For example, wideband alternative report 810 may take priority over even alternative subband 820 or odd alternative subband 825.
  • UE 115 may indicate, to base station 105, multiple alternative reports for each CSI-RS resource. For examples, UE 115 may generate a CSI report 805 with three wideband alternative reports 810-a, 810-b, and 810-c, three even subband alternative reports 820-a, 820-b, and 820-c and three odd subband alternative reports 825-a, 825-b, and 825-c based on a measurement taken with respect to a CSI-RS received during a first resource.
  • UE 115 may generate a CSI report with three wideband alternative reports 815-a, 815-b, and 815-c, three even subband alternative reports 830-a, 830-b, and 830-c and three odd subband alternative reports 835-a, 835-b, and 835-c associated with the second CSI-RS resource.
  • UE 115 may prioritize the wideband alternative reports 810 over even subband alternative reports 820 and odd subband alternative reports 825 and may prioritize even subband alternative reports 820 and odd subband alternative reports 825 over wideband alternative reports 815.
  • UE 115 may further prioritize wideband alternative reports 815 over even subband alternative reports 830 and odd subband alternative reports 835.
  • UE 115-a may prioritize the alternative reports for each CSI-RS resource in descending order of CQI values.
  • wideband alternative report 810-a may have a larger CQI value than wideband alternative report 810-b which may have a larger CQI value than wideband alternative report 810-c.
  • UE 115 may order the alternative reports such that wideband alternative report 810-ais prioritized over wideband alternative report 810-b and wideband alternative report 810-b is prioritized over first CSI resource wideband alternative report 810-c.
  • alternative reports in other categories e.g., wideband alternative reports, even and odd subband alternative reports associated with different CSI-RS resources
  • FIG. 9 illustrates an example of a priority scheme 900 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • priority scheme 900 may implement aspects of wireless communications systems 100, 200, and 300.
  • UE 115 may order one or more alternative reports in a CSI report such that a best alternative (e.g., alternative report having a highest CQI value) for each CSI-RS is prioritized over other alternative reports having lower CQI values.
  • a best alternative e.g., alternative report having a highest CQI value
  • wideband alternative reports are prioritized over subband alternative reports
  • alternative reports associated with a first CSI-RS resource are prioritized over alternative reports associated with a second CSI-RS resource
  • alternative reports with highest CQI values associated with each CSI-RS resource are prioritized over alternative reports with lower CQI values associated with each CSI-RS resource.
  • UE 115 may generate CSI report 805.
  • CSI report 805 may include wideband alternative reports 910, even subband alternative report 920 and odd subband alternative report 925 associated with a first CSI-RS resources.
  • CSI report 905 may include wideband alternative report 915, even subband alternative report 930 and odd subband alternative report 935 associated with a second CSI-RS resource.
  • UE 115 may prioritize alternative reports with high CQI values associated with each CSI-RS resource over alternative reports with lower CQI values associated with each CSI-RS resource.
  • UE 115 may multiplex alterantive reports associated with different CSI-RS values together, and prioritize them over alterantive reports for the differnet CSI-RS resources that have lower CQI values.
  • wideband alternative report 910-a having a higher CQI value than wideband alternative report 910-b and wideband alternative report 915-a having a higher CQI value than wideband alternative report 915-b may take priority over wideband alternative report 910-b and wideband alternative report 915-b, respectively.
  • UE 115 may also prioritize wideband alternative reports over subband alternative reports.
  • wideband alternative reports 910 and 915 may take priority over even subband alternative reports 920 and 930 and odd subband alternative reports 925, and 935.
  • UE 115 may also prioritize alternative reports associated with the first CSI-RS resource over alternative reports associated with the second CSI-RS resource.
  • wideband alternative report 910-a associated with the first CSI-RS resource may take priority over wideband alternative report 915-a associated with the second CSI-RS resource.
  • UE 115 may indicate, to base station 105, multiple alternative reports for each CSI-RS resource. For examples, UE 115 may generate a CSI report 905 with three wideband alternative reports 910-a, 910-b, and 910-c, three even subband alternative reports 920-a, 920-b, and 920-c and three odd subband alternative reports 925-a, 925-b, and 925-c based on a measurement taken with respect to a CSI-RS received during a first resource.
  • UE 115 may generate a CSI report with three wideband alternative reports 915-a, 915-b, and 915-c, three even subband alternative reports 930-a, 930-b, and 930-c and three odd subband alternative reports 935-a, 935-b, and 935-c associated with the second CSI-RS resource.
  • UE 115 may prioritize wideband alternative reports 910 and 915 having the highest CQI values over even subband alternative reports 920 and odd subband alternative reports 925.
  • UE 115 may prioritize alternative reports with high CQI values associated with each CSI-RS resource over alternative reports with lower CQI values associated with each CSI-RS resource.
  • wideband alternative report 910-a may have a larger CQI value than wideband alternative report 910-b which may be larger than the CQI value of wideband alternative report 910-c
  • wideband alternative report 915-a may have a larger CQI value than wideband alternative report 915-b-a which may be larger than the CQI value of wideband alternative report 915-c.
  • UE 115 may order the alternative reports such that wideband alternative reports 910-a and 915-a are prioritized over wideband alternative report 910-b and 915-b which are prioritized over wideband alternative reports 910-c and 915-c.
  • alternative reports in other categories i.e. collection of subband alternative reports
  • FIG. 10 illustrates an example of a priority scheme 1000 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • priority scheme 1000 may implement aspects of wireless communications systems 100, 200, and 300.
  • UE 115 may order one or more alternative reports in one or more CSI reports such that wideband alternative reports are prioritized over subband alternative reports and alternative reports associated with a first CSI-RS resource are prioritized over alternative reports associated with a second CSI-RS resource.
  • UE 115 may generate CSI reports 1005-a, 1005-b, and 1005-c.
  • CSI reports 1005-a, 1005-b, and 1005-c may include wideband alternative report 1010, even subband alternative reports 1020, and odd subband alternative reports 1025 associated with a first CSI-RS resource.
  • CSI reports 1005-a, 1005-b, and 1005-c may include wideband alternative reports 1015, even subband alternative reports 1030 and odd subband alternative reports 1035 associated with a second CSI-RS resource.
  • UE 115 may prioritize the alternative report with the highest CQI values for each CSI-RS resource over alternative reports for the CSI-RS resources with lower CQI values.
  • UE 115 may also prioritize highest CQI wideband alternative reports over highest CQI subband alternative reports.
  • wideband alternative reports 1010-a and wideband alternative reports 1015-b may be prioritized over even subband alternative report 1020-a and odd subband alternative report 1025-a and even subband alternative report 1030-a and odd subband alternative report 1035-a.
  • any of the subband alternative reports having a highest CQI value may be prioritized over wideband alternative report 910-b (with a lower CQI value than the CQI value of wideband alternative report 910-a) .
  • UE 115 may order highest priority (e.g., having the highest CQI values) alternative reports of each kind (e.g., wideband, even subband, odd subband, etc. ) for each CSI-RS, before reporting lower priority (e.g., having lower CQI values) alternative reports of each kind for the same set of CSI-RSs.
  • highest priority e.g., having the highest CQI values
  • lower priority e.g., having lower CQI values
  • UE 115 may identify a wideband alternative reports for each CSI-RS alternative having the highest CQI value of the wideband alternative reports (e.g., wideband alternative report 1010-a and wideband alternative report 1015-a) , the even and odd subband alternative reports for the first CSI-RS that have the highest CQI value (e.g., even subband alternative report 1020-a and odd subband alternative report 1025-a associated with the first CSI-RS) , and even and odd subband alternative reports for the second CSI-RS resource that have the highest CQI values (e.g., even subband alternative report 1030-a and odd subband alternative report 1035-aassociated with the second CSI-RS) .
  • wideband alternative report 1010-a and wideband alternative report 1015-a the even and odd subband alternative reports for the first CSI-RS that have the highest CQI value
  • even subband alternative report 1020-a and odd subband alternative report 1025-a associated with the first CSI-RS e.g.,
  • UE 115 may multiplex these alternative reports from different CSI-RS resources and order them at the beginning of the CSI report 705. In some examples, where more than two CSI-RS resources are monitored, UE 115 may order alternative reports that have the highest CQI values subsequent to odd subband alternative report 1035, prior to wideband alternative report 1010-b (which has a lower CQI value than wideband alternative report 1010-a.
  • UE 115 may then order alternative reports having a next highest CQI value as follows: wideband alternative report 1010-b, wideband alternative report 1015-b, even subband alternative report 1020-b, odd subband alternative report 1025-b, even subband alternative report 1030-b, and odd subband alternative report 1035-c.
  • UE 115 may then order alternative reports having a third highest CQI value as follows: wideband alternative report 1010-c, wideband alternative report 1015-c, even subband alternative report 1020-c, odd subband alternative report 1025-c, even subband alternative report 1030-c, and odd subband alternative report 1035-c.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates an example of a process flow 1100 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • process flow 1100 may implement aspects of wireless communications systems 100, 200, and 300.
  • Process flow 1100 may include a base station 105-d and a UE 115-e, which may be examples of corresponding devices described with reference to FIGs. 1-3.
  • process flow 1200 illustrates one example where UE 115-e includes two or more alternative reports in a CSI report transmitted to base station 105-d and base station 105-d utilizes the alternative reports for beam selection in an effort to avoid self-interference.
  • UE 115-e may receive, and base station 105-d, may transmit a configuration for reporting a CSI report associated with measurements of one CSI RS.
  • the CSI report may report CSI for a first CSI-RS resource and a second CSI-RS resource.
  • the configuration message may include an indication of the maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report.
  • the configuration message may include instructions to include, in each alternative report, a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator, a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • the configuration message may include an indication of one or more subsets of precoding instances, where one alternative beam report is to be provided per subset, and the CSI report may be transmitted to include one alternative report per subset.
  • each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances is associated with at least one beam index, at least one channel state information reference signal resource indicator, at least one channel quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • the at least one precoding matrix indicator may include a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • one or more of the alternative reports may include a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report
  • UE 115-e may identify a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the CSI report. Each of the alternative reports may be associated with a different precoding instance of the CSI RS resource.
  • UE 115-e may populate a CSI report container for a CSI report with a plurality of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the plurality of alternative reports are prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report.
  • UE 115-e may prioritize the alternative reports according to one or more priority rules.
  • UE 115-e may prioritize the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report.
  • the UE 115-e may prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, may prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report; and may prioritize, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • UE 115-e may determine that a size of a container for the channel state information report is not large enough for a set of alternative reports including the plurality of the alternative reports, and may select, from the set of the alternative reports based at least in part on the size of the container, the plurality of alternative reports, wherein transmitting the channel state information report to the base station is based at least in part on selecting the plurality of the alternative reports.
  • UE 115-e may determine a threshold CQI value, and may select, from a set of the alternative reports including the plurality of the alternative reports, the plurality of alternative reports that satisfy the identified threshold channel quality value, wherein transmitting the channel state information report to the base station is based at least in part on selecting the plurality of the alternative reports.
  • UE 115-e may prioritize, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report.
  • UE 115-e may prioritize after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, may prioritize after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and may prioritize after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • UE 115-e may multiplex, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and may multiplex after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • UE 115-e may multiplex within the channel state information container, a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and may multiplex after the highest priority alternatives, successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • UE 115-e may transmit, and base station 105-d may receive, the CSI report including the CSI report container.
  • the CSI report may include the set of alternative reports.
  • the CSI report may contain a set of one or more alternative wideband reports and a set of one or more alternative subband reports.
  • the alternative wideband reports may take priority over the alternative subband reports.
  • an alternative wideband report may come before an alternative subband report in the CSI container.
  • the plurality of alternative reports may include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports associated with a first CSI RS.
  • the plurality of alternative reports may include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports associated with a second CSI-RS resource.
  • UE 115-e may prioritize the alternative reports based on priority rules.
  • the priority rules may of the channel state information report, the plurality of the alternative reports.
  • base station 105 may select a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the plurality of alternative reports included within the CSI report.
  • UE 115-e may transmit in a first portion of the channel state information report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the plurality of the alternative reports, and may transmit, in a second portion
  • BS may communicate with UE 115-e using the selected transmit beam.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates an example of a process flow 1200 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • process flow 1200 may implement aspects of wireless communications systems 100, 200, and 300.
  • Process flow 1200 may include a base station 105-e and a UE 115-f, which may be examples of corresponding devices described with reference to FIGs. 1-3.
  • base station 105-e may indicate, to UE 115-f, one or more subsets of precoding instances.
  • precoding instances may be associated with the different beams UE 115-f and 105-e may use for uplink and downlink communications.
  • the subset of precoding instances identified by 105-e may include precoder instances that the BS has identified as usable during scheduled uplink and downlink transmissions. For example, the BS may know that one or more subsets of precoder instances will not cause interference during scheduled uplink and downlink transmissions.
  • 105-e may transmit, and UE 115-f may receive, a configuration message for reporting a CSI report associated with measurements of a CSI-RS resource.
  • the configuration may indicate that different precoding instances of a CSI-RS resource are grouped into one or more subsets.
  • base station 105-e may transmit, and UE 115-f may receive, one or more CSI-RSs.
  • UE 115-f may identify, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of a CSI-RS resources are grouped into one or more subsets. UE 115-f may perform one or more measurements on the CSI-RSs received at 1210. UE 115-f may determine which of the subsets of precoding instances has a highest CQI value. In some examples, determining which of the subsets of precoding instances has the highest CQI value may include determining which subset of precoding instances includes a precoding instance having a CQI value than any other precoding instance in any of the subsets of precoding instances. In some examples, determining which of the subsets of precoding instances has the highest CQI value may include determining which subset of precoding instances has a highest average CQI value across multiple instances of the CSI-RS resource.
  • UE 115-f may transmit, and 105-e may receive, a CSI report.
  • the CSI report may indicate which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
  • 105-e may transmit one or more downlink messages to UE 115-f using a transmit beam associated with the subset of precoding instance indicated by UE 115-f in the CSI report.
  • FIG. 13 shows a block diagram 1300 of a device 1305 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the device 1305 may be an example of aspects of a UE 115 as described herein.
  • the device 1305 may include a receiver 1310, a communications manager 1315, and a transmitter 1320.
  • the device 1305 may also include a processor. Each of these components may be in communication with one another (e.g., via one or more buses) .
  • the receiver 1310 may receive information such as packets, user data, or control information associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, and information related to reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities for a full duplex base station, etc. ) . Information may be passed on to other components of the device 1305.
  • the receiver 1310 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1620 described with reference to FIG. 16.
  • the receiver 1310 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
  • the communications manager 1315 may receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource, identify, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, and transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a set of the alternative reports.
  • the communications manager 1315 may also receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, identify, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, and transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
  • the communications manager 1315 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 1610 described herein.
  • the communications manager 1315 may be implemented in hardware, code (e.g., software or firmware) executed by a processor, or any combination thereof. If implemented in code executed by a processor, the functions of the communications manager 1315, or its sub-components may be executed by a general-purpose processor, a DSP, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) , a FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof designed to perform the functions described in the present disclosure.
  • code e.g., software or firmware
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the communications manager 1315 may be physically located at various positions, including being distributed such that portions of functions are implemented at different physical locations by one or more physical components.
  • the communications manager 1315, or its sub-components may be a separate and distinct component in accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the communications manager 1315, or its sub-components may be combined with one or more other hardware components, including but not limited to an input/output (I/O) component, a transceiver, a network server, another computing device, one or more other components described in the present disclosure, or a combination thereof in accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure.
  • I/O input/output
  • the transmitter 1320 may transmit signals generated by other components of the device 1305.
  • the transmitter 1320 may be collocated with a receiver 1310 in a transceiver module.
  • the transmitter 1320 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1620 described with reference to FIG. 16.
  • the transmitter 1320 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
  • FIG. 14 shows a block diagram 1400 of a device 1405 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the device 1405 may be an example of aspects of a device 1305, or a UE 115 as described herein.
  • the device 1405 may include a receiver 1410, a communications manager 1415, and a transmitter 1440.
  • the device 1405 may also include a processor. Each of these components may be in communication with one another (e.g., via one or more buses) .
  • the receiver 1410 may receive information such as packets, user data, or control information associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, and information related to reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities for a full duplex base station, etc. ) . Information may be passed on to other components of the device 1405.
  • the receiver 1410 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1620 described with reference to FIG. 16.
  • the receiver 1410 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
  • the communications manager 1415 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 1315 as described herein.
  • the communications manager 1415 may include a CSI report configuration manager 1420, an alternative report manager 1425, a CSI report manager 1430, and a precoding instance manager 1435.
  • the communications manager 1415 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 1610 described herein.
  • the CSI report configuration manager 1420 may receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource.
  • the alternative report manager 1425 may identify, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource.
  • the CSI report manager 1430 may transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a set of the alternative reports.
  • the CSI report configuration manager 1420 may receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource.
  • the precoding instance manager 1435 may identify, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets.
  • the CSI report manager 1430 may transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
  • the transmitter 1440 may transmit signals generated by other components of the device 1405.
  • the transmitter 1440 may be collocated with a receiver 1410 in a transceiver module.
  • the transmitter 1440 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1620 described with reference to FIG. 16.
  • the transmitter 1440 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
  • FIG. 15 shows a block diagram 1500 of a communications manager 1505 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the communications manager 1505 may be an example of aspects of a communications manager 1315, a communications manager 1415, or a communications manager 1610 described herein.
  • the communications manager 1505 may include a CSI report configuration manager 1510, an alternative report manager 1515, a CSI report manager 1520, a CSI container manager 1525, a report prioritization manager 1530, a report multiplexing manager 1535, a precoding instance manager 1540, and a channel quality manager 1545.
  • Each of these modules may communicate, directly or indirectly, with one another (e.g., via one or more buses) .
  • the CSI report configuration manager 1510 may receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource. In some examples, the CSI report configuration manager 1510 may receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource.
  • the configuration is for reporting at least a first channel state information report associated with measurements of a first channel state information reference signal resource and a second channel state information report associated with measurements of a second channel state information reference signal resource, where the set of alternative reports includes the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • the configuration for reporting the channel state information report includes an indication of the maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report. In some cases, the configuration for reporting the channel state information report includes instructions to include, in each alternative report, a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator, a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • the alternative report manager 1515 may identify, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource. In some examples, the alternative report manager 1515 may identify a threshold channel quality value. In some examples, the alternative report manager 1515 may select, from a set of the alternative reports including the set of the alternative reports, the set of alternative reports that satisfy the identified threshold channel quality value, where transmitting the channel state information report to the base station is based on selecting the set of the alternative reports. In some cases, one or more of the alternative reports include a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report.
  • the CSI report manager 1520 may transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a set of the alternative reports. In some examples, the CSI report manager 1520 may transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement. In some examples, the CSI report manager 1520 may transmit, in a first portion of the channel state information report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the set of the alternative reports. In some examples, the CSI report manager 1520 may transmit, in a second portion of the channel state information report, the set of the alternative reports.
  • the precoding instance manager 1540 may identify, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets. In some examples, the precoding instance manager 1540 may identify, from the configuration, one or more subsets of precoding instances, where one alternative beam report is to be provided per subset, and where. In some cases, the channel state information report that is transmitted to the base station includes one alternative report per subset. In some cases, each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances is associated with at least one beam index, at least one channel state information reference signal resource indicator, at least one channel quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • the at least one precoding matrix indicator includes a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances has at least one element that is not common with remaining precoding instances of a corresponding subset of precoding instances.
  • the CSI container manager 1525 may populate a channel state information container with the set of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the set of alternative reports are prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report.
  • the CSI container manager 1525 may transmit the channel state information container to the base station, where the set of alternative reports include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  • the CSI container manager 1525 may determine that a size of a container for the channel state information report is not large enough for a set of alternative reports including the set of the alternative reports.
  • the CSI container manager 1525 may select, from the set of the alternative reports based on the size of the container, the set of alternative reports, where transmitting the channel state information report to the base station is based on selecting the set of the alternative reports.
  • the report prioritization manager 1530 may prioritize, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the channel state information report. In some examples, the report prioritization manager 1530 may prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports, the one or more alternative subband beam reports. In some examples, the report prioritization manager 1530 may prioritize, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report. In some examples, the report prioritization manager 1530 may prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report. In some examples, the report prioritization manager 1530 may prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report.
  • the report prioritization manager 1530 may prioritize, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report. In some examples, the report prioritization manager 1530 may prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report. In some examples, the report prioritization manager 1530 may prioritize, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report. In some examples, the report prioritization manager 1530 may prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • the report multiplexing manager 1535 may multiplex, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report. In some examples, the report multiplexing manager 1535 may multiplex, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • the report multiplexing manager 1535 may multiplex, within the channel state information container, a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • the report multiplexing manager 1535 may multiplex, after the highest priority alternatives, successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • the channel quality manager 1545 may determine that the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes an instance of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to the highest channel quality measurement. In some examples, the channel quality manager 1545 may determine that the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes a set of instances of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to a highest average channel quality measurement.
  • FIG. 16 shows a diagram of a system 1600 including a device 1605 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the device 1605 may be an example of or include the components of device 1305, device 1405, or a UE 115 as described herein.
  • the device 1605 may include components for bi-directional voice and data communications including components for transmitting and receiving communications, including a communications manager 1610, an I/O controller 1615, a transceiver 1620, an antenna 1625, memory 1630, and a processor 1640. These components may be in electronic communication via one or more buses (e.g., bus 1645) .
  • buses e.g., bus 1645
  • the communications manager 1610 may receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource, identify, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, and transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a set of the alternative reports.
  • the communications manager 1610 may also receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, identify, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, and transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
  • the I/O controller 1615 may manage input and output signals for the device 1605.
  • the I/O controller 1615 may also manage peripherals not integrated into the device 1605.
  • the I/O controller 1615 may represent a physical connection or port to an external peripheral.
  • the I/O controller 1615 may utilize an operating system such as or another known operating system.
  • the I/O controller 1615 may represent or interact with a modem, a keyboard, a mouse, a touchscreen, or a similar device.
  • the I/O controller 1615 may be implemented as part of a processor.
  • a user may interact with the device 1605 via the I/O controller 1615 or via hardware components controlled by the I/O controller 1615.
  • the transceiver 1620 may communicate bi-directionally, via one or more antennas, wired, or wireless links as described above.
  • the transceiver 1620 may represent a wireless transceiver and may communicate bi-directionally with another wireless transceiver.
  • the transceiver 1620 may also include a modem to modulate the packets and provide the modulated packets to the antennas for transmission, and to demodulate packets received from the antennas.
  • the wireless device may include a single antenna 1625. However, in some cases the device may have more than one antenna 1625, which may be capable of concurrently transmitting or receiving multiple wireless transmissions.
  • the memory 1630 may include RAM and ROM.
  • the memory 1630 may store computer-readable, computer-executable code 1635 including instructions that, when executed, cause the processor to perform various functions described herein.
  • the memory 1630 may contain, among other things, a BIOS which may control basic hardware or software operation such as the interaction with peripheral components or devices.
  • the processor 1640 may include an intelligent hardware device, (e.g., a general-purpose processor, a DSP, a CPU, a microcontroller, an ASIC, an FPGA, a programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic component, a discrete hardware component, or any combination thereof) .
  • the processor 1640 may be configured to operate a memory array using a memory controller.
  • a memory controller may be integrated into the processor 1640.
  • the processor 1640 may be configured to execute computer-readable instructions stored in a memory (e.g., the memory 1630) to cause the device 1605 to perform various functions (e.g., functions or tasks supporting reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities for a full duplex base station) .
  • the code 1635 may include instructions to implement aspects of the present disclosure, including instructions to support wireless communications.
  • the code 1635 may be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable medium such as system memory or other type of memory. In some cases, the code 1635 may not be directly executable by the processor 1640 but may cause a computer (e.g., when compiled and executed) to perform functions described herein.
  • FIG. 17 shows a block diagram 1700 of a device 1705 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the device 1705 may be an example of aspects of a base station 105 as described herein.
  • the device 1705 may include a receiver 1710, a communications manager 1715, and a transmitter 1720.
  • the device 1705 may also include a processor. Each of these components may be in communication with one another (e.g., via one or more buses) .
  • the receiver 1710 may receive information such as packets, user data, or control information associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, and information related to reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities for a full duplex base station, etc. ) . Information may be passed on to other components of the device 1705.
  • the receiver 1710 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 2020 described with reference to FIG. 20.
  • the receiver 1710 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
  • the communications manager 1715 may transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, receive, from the UE based on the configuration, the channel state information report including a set of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, select, based on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the set of alternative reports, and communicate with the UE using the selected transmit beam.
  • the communications manager 1715 may also transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, receive the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement, and communicate with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset.
  • the communications manager 1715 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 2010 described herein.
  • the communications manager 1715 may be implemented in hardware, code (e.g., software or firmware) executed by a processor, or any combination thereof. If implemented in code executed by a processor, the functions of the communications manager 1715, or its sub-components may be executed by a general-purpose processor, a DSP, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) , a FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof designed to perform the functions described in the present disclosure.
  • code e.g., software or firmware
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the communications manager 1715 may be physically located at various positions, including being distributed such that portions of functions are implemented at different physical locations by one or more physical components.
  • the communications manager 1715, or its sub-components may be a separate and distinct component in accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the communications manager 1715, or its sub-components may be combined with one or more other hardware components, including but not limited to an input/output (I/O) component, a transceiver, a network server, another computing device, one or more other components described in the present disclosure, or a combination thereof in accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure.
  • I/O input/output
  • the transmitter 1720 may transmit signals generated by other components of the device 1705.
  • the transmitter 1720 may be collocated with a receiver 1710 in a transceiver module.
  • the transmitter 1720 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 2020 described with reference to FIG. 20.
  • the transmitter 1720 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
  • FIG. 18 shows a block diagram 1800 of a device 1805 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the device 1805 may be an example of aspects of a device 1705, or a base station 105 as described herein.
  • the device 1805 may include a receiver 1810, a communications manager 1815, and a transmitter 1835.
  • the device 1805 may also include a processor. Each of these components may be in communication with one another (e.g., via one or more buses) .
  • the receiver 1810 may receive information such as packets, user data, or control information associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, and information related to reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities for a full duplex base station, etc. ) . Information may be passed on to other components of the device 1805.
  • the receiver 1810 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 2020 described with reference to FIG. 20.
  • the receiver 1810 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
  • the communications manager 1815 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 1715 as described herein.
  • the communications manager 1815 may include a CSI report configuration manager 1820, a CSI report manager 1825, and a beam manager 1830.
  • the communications manager 1815 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 2010 described herein.
  • the CSI report configuration manager 1820 may transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report.
  • the CSI report manager 1825 may receive, from the UE based on the configuration, the channel state information report including a set of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource.
  • the beam manager 1830 may select, based on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the set of alternative reports and communicate with the UE using the selected transmit beam.
  • the CSI report configuration manager 1820 may transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets.
  • the CSI report manager 1825 may receive the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
  • the beam manager 1830 may communicate with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset.
  • the transmitter 1835 may transmit signals generated by other components of the device 1805.
  • the transmitter 1835 may be collocated with a receiver 1810 in a transceiver module.
  • the transmitter 1835 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 2020 described with reference to FIG. 20.
  • the transmitter 1835 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
  • FIG. 19 shows a block diagram 1900 of a communications manager 1905 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the communications manager 1905 may be an example of aspects of a communications manager 1715, a communications manager 1815, or a communications manager 2010 described herein.
  • the communications manager 1905 may include a CSI report configuration manager 1910, a CSI report manager 1915, a beam manager 1920, a CSI container manager 1925, a report prioritization manager 1930, a report multiplexing manager 1935, a precoding instance manager 1940, an alternative report manager 1945, and a channel quality manager 1950.
  • Each of these modules may communicate, directly or indirectly, with one another (e.g., via one or more buses) .
  • the CSI report configuration manager 1910 may transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report.
  • the CSI report configuration manager 1910 may transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets.
  • the configuration is for reporting at least a first channel state information report associated with measurements of a first channel state information reference signal resource and a second channel state information report associated with measurements of a second channel state information reference signal resource, where the set of alternative reports includes the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • the configuration for reporting the channel state information report includes instructions to include, in each alternative report, a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator, a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • the CSI report manager 1915 may receive, from the UE based on the configuration, the channel state information report including a set of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource. In some examples, the CSI report manager 1915 may receive the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement. In some examples, the CSI report manager 1915 may receive, in a first portion of the channel state information report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the set of the alternative reports. In some examples, the CSI report manager 1915 may receive, in a second portion of the channel state information report, the set of the alternative reports.
  • the beam manager 1920 may select, based on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the set of alternative reports.
  • the beam manager 1920 may communicate with the UE using the selected transmit beam. In some examples, the beam manager 1920 may communicate with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset.
  • the CSI container manager 1925 may receive a channel state information container that is populated with the set of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the set of alternative reports are prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report, where the set of alternative reports include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  • the report prioritization manager 1930 may receive alternative reports where, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  • the report prioritization manager 1930 may receive alternative reports where, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • the report prioritization manager 1930 may receive alternative reports where, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • the report multiplexing manager 1935 may receive alternative reports where, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are multiplexed with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and after the multiplexed one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are multiplexed with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report are multiplexed within the channel state information container, and where successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report, are multiplexed after the highest priority alternatives.
  • the precoding instance manager 1940 may transmit the configuration, where the configuration is indicative of one or more subsets of precoding instances, and where one alternative beam report is to be provided per subset, and where the channel state information report that is received from the UE includes one alternative report per subset.
  • each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances is associated with at least one beam index, at least one channel state information reference signal resource indicator, at least one channel quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • the at least one precoding matrix indicator includes a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances has at least one element that is not common with remaining precoding instances of a corresponding subset of precoding instances.
  • the alternative report manager 1945 may receive alternative reports, where one or more of the alternative reports include a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report.
  • the channel quality manager 1950 may determine that the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes an instance of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to the highest channel quality measurement.
  • the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes a set of instances of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to a highest average channel quality measurement.
  • FIG. 20 shows a diagram of a system 2000 including a device 2005 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the device 2005 may be an example of or include the components of device 1705, device 1805, or a base station 105 as described herein.
  • the device 2005 may include components for bi-directional voice and data communications including components for transmitting and receiving communications, including a communications manager 2010, a network communications manager 2015, a transceiver 2020, an antenna 2025, memory 2030, a processor 2040, and an inter-station communications manager 2045. These components may be in electronic communication via one or more buses (e.g., bus 2050) .
  • buses e.g., bus 2050
  • the communications manager 2010 may transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, receive, from the UE based on the configuration, the channel state information report including a set of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, select, based on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the set of alternative reports, and communicate with the UE using the selected transmit beam.
  • the communications manager 2010 may also transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, receive the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement, and communicate with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset.
  • the network communications manager 2015 may manage communications with the core network (e.g., via one or more wired backhaul links) .
  • the network communications manager 2015 may manage the transfer of data communications for client devices, such as one or more UEs 115.
  • the transceiver 2020 may communicate bi-directionally, via one or more antennas, wired, or wireless links as described above.
  • the transceiver 2020 may represent a wireless transceiver and may communicate bi-directionally with another wireless transceiver.
  • the transceiver 2020 may also include a modem to modulate the packets and provide the modulated packets to the antennas for transmission, and to demodulate packets received from the antennas.
  • the wireless device may include a single antenna 2025. However, in some cases the device may have more than one antenna 2025, which may be capable of concurrently transmitting or receiving multiple wireless transmissions.
  • the memory 2030 may include RAM, ROM, or a combination thereof.
  • the memory 2030 may store computer-readable code 2035 including instructions that, when executed by a processor (e.g., the processor 2040) cause the device to perform various functions described herein.
  • a processor e.g., the processor 2040
  • the memory 2030 may contain, among other things, a BIOS which may control basic hardware or software operation such as the interaction with peripheral components or devices.
  • the processor 2040 may include an intelligent hardware device, (e.g., a general-purpose processor, a DSP, a CPU, a microcontroller, an ASIC, an FPGA, a programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic component, a discrete hardware component, or any combination thereof) .
  • the processor 2040 may be configured to operate a memory array using a memory controller.
  • a memory controller may be integrated into processor 2040.
  • the processor 2040 may be configured to execute computer-readable instructions stored in a memory (e.g., the memory 2030) to cause the device 2005 to perform various functions (e.g., functions or tasks supporting reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities for a full duplex base station) .
  • the inter-station communications manager 2045 may manage communications with other base station 105, and may include a controller or scheduler for controlling communications with UEs 115 in cooperation with other base stations 105. For example, the inter-station communications manager 2045 may coordinate scheduling for transmissions to UEs 115 for various interference mitigation techniques such as beamforming or joint transmission. In some examples, the inter-station communications manager 2045 may provide an X2 interface within an LTE/LTE-Awireless communication network technology to provide communication between base stations 105.
  • the code 2035 may include instructions to implement aspects of the present disclosure, including instructions to support wireless communications.
  • the code 2035 may be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable medium such as system memory or other type of memory. In some cases, the code 2035 may not be directly executable by the processor 2040 but may cause a computer (e.g., when compiled and executed) to perform functions described herein.
  • FIG. 21 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 2100 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the operations of method 2100 may be implemented by a UE 115 or its components as described herein.
  • the operations of method 2100 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGs. 13 through 16.
  • a UE may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the UE to perform the functions described below. Additionally, or alternatively, a UE may perform aspects of the functions described below using special-purpose hardware.
  • the UE may receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource.
  • the operations of 2105 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2105 may be performed by a CSI report configuration manager as described with reference to FIGs. 13 through 16.
  • the UE may identify, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource.
  • the operations of 2110 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2110 may be performed by an alternative report manager as described with reference to FIGs. 13 through 16.
  • the UE may transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a set of the alternative reports.
  • the operations of 2115 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2115 may be performed by a CSI report manager as described with reference to FIGs. 13 through 16.
  • FIG. 22 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 2200 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the operations of method 2200 may be implemented by a base station 105 or its components as described herein.
  • the operations of method 2200 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGs. 17 through 20.
  • a base station may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the base station to perform the functions described below. Additionally, or alternatively, a base station may perform aspects of the functions described below using special-purpose hardware.
  • the base station may transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report.
  • the operations of 2205 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2205 may be performed by a CSI report configuration manager as described with reference to FIGs. 17 through 20.
  • the base station may receive, from the UE based on the configuration, the channel state information report including a set of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource.
  • the operations of 2210 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2210 may be performed by a CSI report manager as described with reference to FIGs. 17 through 20.
  • the base station may select, based on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the set of alternative reports.
  • the operations of 2215 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2215 may be performed by a beam manager as described with reference to FIGs. 17 through 20.
  • the base station may communicate with the UE using the selected transmit beam.
  • the operations of 2220 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2220 may be performed by a beam manager as described with reference to FIGs. 17 through 20.
  • FIG. 23 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 2300 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the operations of method 2300 may be implemented by a UE 115 or its components as described herein.
  • the operations of method 2300 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGs. 13 through 16.
  • a UE may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the UE to perform the functions described below. Additionally, or alternatively, a UE may perform aspects of the functions described below using special-purpose hardware.
  • the UE may receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource.
  • the operations of 2305 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2305 may be performed by a CSI report configuration manager as described with reference to FIGs. 13 through 16.
  • the UE may identify, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets.
  • the operations of 2310 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2310 may be performed by a precoding instance manager as described with reference to FIGs. 13 through 16.
  • the UE may transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
  • the operations of 2315 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2315 may be performed by a CSI report manager as described with reference to FIGs. 13 through 16.
  • FIG. 24 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 2400 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the operations of method 2400 may be implemented by a base station 105 or its components as described herein.
  • the operations of method 2400 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGs. 17 through 20.
  • a base station may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the base station to perform the functions described below. Additionally, or alternatively, a base station may perform aspects of the functions described below using special-purpose hardware.
  • the base station may transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets.
  • the operations of 2405 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2405 may be performed by a CSI report configuration manager as described with reference to FIGs. 17 through 20.
  • the base station may receive the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
  • the operations of 2410 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2410 may be performed by a CSI report manager as described with reference to FIGs. 17 through 20.
  • the base station may communicate with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset.
  • the operations of 2415 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2415 may be performed by a beam manager as described with reference to FIGs. 17 through 20.
  • Example 1 A method for wireless communications at a UE, comprising receiving, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource; identifying, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource; and transmitting the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a plurality of the alternative reports.
  • Example 2 The method of example 1, wherein transmitting the channel state information report comprises populating a channel state information container with the plurality of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the plurality of alternative reports are prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report; and transmitting the channel state information container to the base station, wherein the plurality of alternative reports include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  • Example 3 The method of example 2, wherein populating the channel state information container further comprises prioritizing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the channel state information report; and prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports, the one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  • Example 4 The method of example 2, wherein the configuration is for reporting at least a first channel state information report associated with measurements of a first channel state information reference signal resource and a second channel state information report associated with measurements of a second channel state information reference signal resource, wherein the plurality of alternative reports includes the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • Example 5 The method of any of examples 1 to 4, wherein populating the channel state information container further comprises prioritizing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report; prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report; prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report; and prioritizing, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • Example 6 The method of any of examples 1 to 4, wherein populating the channel state information container further comprises prioritizing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report; prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report; prioritizing, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • Example 7 The method of any of examples 1 to 4, wherein populating the channel state information container further comprises multiplexing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and multiplexing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • Example 8 The method of any of examples 1 to 4, wherein populating the channel state information container further comprises multiplexing, within the channel state information container, a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and multiplexing, after the highest priority alternatives, successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • Example 9 The method of any of examples 1 to 8, further comprising determining that a size of a container for the channel state information report is not large enough for a set of alternative reports comprising the plurality of the alternative reports; and selecting, from the set of the alternative reports based at least in part on the size of the container, the plurality of alternative reports, wherein transmitting the channel state information report to the base station is based at least in part on selecting the plurality of the alternative reports.
  • Example 10 The method of any of examples 1 to 9, further comprising identifying a threshold channel quality value; and selecting, from a set of the alternative reports comprising the plurality of the alternative reports, the plurality of alternative reports that satisfy the identified threshold channel quality value, wherein transmitting the channel state information report to the base station is based at least in part on selecting the plurality of the alternative reports.
  • Example 11 The method of any of examples 1 to 10, wherein the configuration for reporting the channel state information report comprises an indication of the maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report.
  • Example 12 The method of any of examples 1 to 11, wherein the configuration for reporting the channel state information report comprises instructions to include, in each alternative report, a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator, a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • Example 13 The method of any of examples 1 to 12, wherein transmitting the channel state information report to the base station comprises transmitting, in a first portion of the channel state information report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the plurality of the alternative reports; and transmitting, in a second portion of the channel state information report, the plurality of the alternative reports.
  • Example 14 The method of any of examples 1 to 13, further comprising identifying, from the configuration, one or more subsets of precoding instances, wherein one alternative beam report is to be provided per subset, and wherein the channel state information report that is transmitted to the base station includes one alternative report per subset.
  • Example 15 The method of example 14, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances is associated with at least one beam index, at least one channel state information reference signal resource indicator, at least one channel quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • Example 16 The method of example 15, wherein the at least one precoding matrix indicator comprises a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • Example 17 The method of example 14, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances has at least one element that is not common with remaining precoding instances of a corresponding subset of precoding instances.
  • Example 18 The method of any of examples 1 to 17, wherein one or more of the alternative reports comprise a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report.
  • Example 19 A method for wireless communications at a base station, comprising transmitting, to a user equipment (UE) , a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration comprising a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report; receiving, from the UE based at least in part on the configuration, the channel state information report including a plurality of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource; selecting, based at least in part on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the plurality of alternative reports; and communicating with the UE using the selected transmit beam.
  • UE user equipment
  • Example 20 The method of example 19, wherein receiving the channel state information report comprises receiving a channel state information container that is populated with the plurality of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the plurality of alternative reports are prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report, wherein the plurality of alternative reports include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  • Example 21 The method of example 20, wherein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  • Example 22 The method of any of example 20, wherein the configuration is for reporting at least a first channel state information report associated with measurements of a first channel state information reference signal resource and a second channel state information report associated with measurements of a second channel state information reference signal resource, wherein the plurality of alternative reports includes the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • Example 23 The method of any of examples 19 to 22, wherein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • Example 24 The method of any of examples 19 to 22, wherein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • Example 25 The method of any of examples 19 to 22, wherein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are multiplexed with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and after the multiplexed one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are multiplexed with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  • Example 26 The method of any of examples 19 to 22, wherein a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report, are multiplexed within the channel state information container, and wherein successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report, are multiplexed after the highest priority alternatives.
  • Example 27 The method of any of examples 19 to 26, wherein the configuration for reporting the channel state information report comprises instructions to include, in each alternative report, a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator, a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • Example 28 The method of example any of examples 19 to 27, wherein receiving the channel state information report comprises receiving, in a first portion of the channel state information report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the plurality of the alternative reports; and receiving, in a second portion of the channel state information report, the plurality of the alternative reports.
  • Example 29 The method of any of examples 19 to 28, wherein the configuration is indicative of one or more subsets of precoding instances, wherein one alternative beam report is to be provided per subset, and wherein the channel state information report that is received from the UE includes one alternative report per subset.
  • Example 30 The method of example 29, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances is associated with at least one beam index, at least one channel state information reference signal resource indicator, at least one channel quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • Example 31 The method of example 30, wherein the at least one precoding matrix indicator comprises a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • Example 32 The method of example 29, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances has at least one element that is not common with remaining precoding instances of a corresponding subset of precoding instances.
  • Example 33 The method of any of examples 19 to 32, wherein one or more of the alternative reports comprise a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report.
  • Example 34 A method for wireless communications at a UE comprising receiving, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource identifying, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets; and transmitting the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
  • Example 35 The method of example 34, further comprising determining that the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes an instance of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to the highest channel quality measurement.
  • Example 36 The method of example any of examples 34 to 35, further comprising determining that the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes a plurality of instances of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to a highest average channel quality measurement.
  • Example 37 A method for wireless communications at a base station, comprising transmitting, to a user equipment (UE) , a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets receiving the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement; and communicating with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset.
  • UE user equipment
  • Example 38 The method of example 37, wherein the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes an instance of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to the highest channel quality measurement.
  • Example 39 The method of any of examples 37 to 38, wherein the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes a plurality of instances of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to a highest average channel quality measurement.
  • An apparatus for wireless communications comprising a processor; a memory in electronic communication with the processor; and instructions stored in the memory and executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to perform a method of any of examples 1 to 18, and 34 to 36.
  • An apparatus for wireless communications comprising a processor; a memory in electronic communications with the processor; and instructions stored in the memory and executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to perform a method of any of examples 19 to 33, and 37 to 39.
  • An apparatus comprising at least one means for performing a method of any of examples 1 to 18, and 34 to 36.
  • An apparatus comprising at least one means for performing a method of any of examples 19 to 33, and 37 to 39.
  • Example 40 A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications, the code comprising instructions executable by a processor to perform a method of any of examples 1 to 18, and 34 to 36.
  • Example 41 A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications, the code comprising instructions executable by a processor to perform a method of any of examples 19 to 33, and 37 to 39.
  • LTE, LTE-A, LTE-A Pro, or NR may be described for purposes of example, and LTE, LTE-A, LTE-A Pro, or NR terminology may be used in much of the description, the techniques described herein are applicable beyond LTE, LTE-A, LTE-A Pro, or NR networks.
  • the described techniques may be applicable to various other wireless communications systems such as Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) , Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 (Wi-Fi) , IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX) , IEEE 802.20, Flash-OFDM, as well as other systems and radio technologies not explicitly mentioned herein.
  • UMB Ultra Mobile Broadband
  • IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
  • Wi-Fi Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
  • WiMAX IEEE 802.16
  • IEEE 802.20 Flash-OFDM
  • Information and signals described herein may be represented using any of a variety of different technologies and techniques.
  • data, instructions, commands, information, signals, bits, symbols, and chips that may be referenced throughout the description may be represented by voltages, currents, electromagnetic waves, magnetic fields or particles, optical fields or particles, or any combination thereof.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, but in the alternative, the processor may be any processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
  • a processor may also be implemented as a combination of computing devices (e.g., a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a DSP core, or any other such configuration) .
  • the functions described herein may be implemented in hardware, software executed by a processor, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software executed by a processor, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium. Other examples and implementations are within the scope of the disclosure and appended claims. For example, due to the nature of software, functions described herein may be implemented using software executed by a processor, hardware, firmware, hardwiring, or combinations of any of these. Features implementing functions may also be physically located at various positions, including being distributed such that portions of functions are implemented at different physical locations.
  • Computer-readable media includes both non-transitory computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
  • a non-transitory storage medium may be any available medium that may be accessed by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer.
  • non-transitory computer-readable media may include random-access memory (RAM) , read-only memory (ROM) , electrically erasable programmable ROM (EEPROM) , flash memory, compact disk (CD) ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other non-transitory medium that may be used to carry or store desired program code means in the form of instructions or data structures and that may be accessed by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer, or a general-purpose or special-purpose processor. Also, any connection is properly termed a computer-readable medium.
  • RAM random-access memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable ROM
  • flash memory compact disk (CD) ROM or other optical disk storage
  • CD compact disk
  • magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices or any other non-transitory medium that may be used to carry or store desired program code means in the form of instructions or data structures and that may be accessed by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer,
  • Disk and disc include CD, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc (DVD) , floppy disk and Blu-ray disc where disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while discs reproduce data optically with lasers. Combinations of the above are also included within the scope of computer-readable media.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Methods, systems, and devices for wireless communications are described. Generally, the described techniques provide for receiving, from a base station, a configuration for transmitting a channel state information (CSI) report, and transmitting the CSI report. The configuration may indicate a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the CSI report, where each alternative report is associated with a different precoding instance of a CSI reference signal (CSI-RS) resource. The UE may include up to the maximum number of alternative reports in the CSI report, and may order the reports according to one or more priority rules. In some examples, the UE may identify that different precoding instances of a CSI-RS resource are grouped into one or more subsets. The UE may select one or more precoding instances from each subset, or may indicate which of the subsets has a highest channel quality.

Description

REPORTING OF MULTIPLE ALTERNATIVES OF CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REPORT QUANTITIES FOR FULL DUPLEX BASE STATION
FIELD OF TECHNOLOGY
The following relates generally to wireless communications and more specifically to reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities.
BACKGROUND
Wireless communications systems are widely deployed to provide various types of communication content such as voice, video, packet data, messaging, broadcast, and so on. These systems may be capable of supporting communication with multiple users by sharing the available system resources (e.g., time, frequency, and power) . Examples of such multiple-access systems include fourth generation (4G) systems such as Long Term Evolution (LTE) systems, LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) systems, or LTE-APro systems, and fifth generation (5G) systems which may be referred to as New Radio (NR) systems. These systems may employ technologies such as code division multiple access (CDMA) , time division multiple access (TDMA) , frequency division multiple access (FDMA) , orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) , or discrete Fourier transform spread orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (DFT-S-OFDM) . A wireless multiple-access communications system may include one or more base stations or one or more network access nodes, each simultaneously supporting communication for multiple communication devices, which may be otherwise known as user equipment (UE) . In some examples, one or more nodes may operate in a full-duplex mode.
SUMMARY
The described techniques relate to improved methods, systems, devices, and apparatuses that support reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities. The reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities may be of particular benefit for a full duplex base station. Generally, the described techniques provide for receiving, from a base station, a configuration for transmitting a channel state information (CSI) report, and transmitting the CSI report. The configuration may indicate a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the CSI report, where each alternative report is associated with a different precoding instance (e.g., a  different transmit beam) of a CSI reference signal (CSI-RS) resource. The UE may include up to the maximum number of alternative reports in the CSI report, and may order the reports according to one or more priority rules.
In some examples, the described techniques may include receiving, from a base station, a configuration for a CSI report. The UE may identify that different precoding instances of a CSI-RS resource are grouped into one or more subsets. Each subset may correspond to a subset of transmit beams. The UE may determine which of the subsets has a highest channel quality indicator (CQI) value, and may indicate the subset in the CSI report. In some examples, the UE may select one or more precoding instances from each subset, and may include an alternate report for the selected precoding instance in the CSI report.
A method of wireless communications at a UE is described. The method may include receiving, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource, identifying, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, and transmitting the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a set of the alternative reports.
An apparatus for wireless communications at a UE is described. The apparatus may include a processor, memory coupled with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory. The instructions may be executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource, identify, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, and transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a set of the alternative reports.
Another apparatus for wireless communications at a UE is described. The apparatus may include means for receiving, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state  information reference signal resource, identifying, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, and transmitting the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a set of the alternative reports.
A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a UE is described. The code may include instructions executable by a processor to receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource, identify, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, and transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a set of the alternative reports.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, transmitting the channel state information report may include operations, features, means, or instructions for populating a channel state information container with the set of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the set of alternative reports may be prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report, and transmitting the channel state information container to the base station, where the set of alternative reports include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, populating the channel state information container further may include operations, features, means, or instructions for prioritizing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the channel state information report, and prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports, the one or more alternative subband beam reports.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, the configuration may be for reporting at least a first  channel state information report associated with measurements of a first channel state information reference signal resource and a second channel state information report associated with measurements of a second channel state information reference signal resource, where the set of alternative reports includes the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, populating the channel state information container further may include operations, features, means, or instructions for prioritizing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and prioritizing, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, populating the channel state information container further may include operations, features, means, or instructions for prioritizing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, prioritizing, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel  state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, populating the channel state information container further may include operations, features, means, or instructions for multiplexing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and multiplexing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, populating the channel state information container further may include operations, features, means, or instructions for multiplexing, within the channel state information container, a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and multiplexing, after the highest priority alternatives, successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for determining that a size of a container for the channel state information report may be not large enough for a set of alternative reports including the set of the alternative reports, and  selecting, from the set of the alternative reports based on the size of the container, the set of alternative reports, where transmitting the channel state information report to the base station may be based on selecting the set of the alternative reports.
Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for identifying a threshold channel quality value, and selecting, from a set of the alternative reports including the set of the alternative reports, the set of alternative reports that satisfy the identified threshold channel quality value, where transmitting the channel state information report to the base station may be based on selecting the set of the alternative reports.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, the configuration for reporting the channel state information report includes an indication of the maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, the configuration for reporting the channel state information report includes instructions to include, in each alternative report, a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator , a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, transmitting the channel state information report to the base station may include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, in a first portion of the channel state information report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the set of the alternative reports, and transmitting, in a second portion of the channel state information report, the set of the alternative reports.
Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for identifying, from the configuration, one or more subsets of precoding instances, where one alternative beam report may be to be provided per subset, and where, and the channel state information report that may be transmitted to the base station includes one alternative report per subset.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances may be associated with at least one beam index, at least one channel state information reference signal resource indicator, at least one channel quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, the at least one precoding matrix indicator includes a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances may have at least one element that may be not common with remaining precoding instances of a corresponding subset of precoding instances .
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, one or more of the alternative reports include a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report.
A method of wireless communications at a base station is described. The method may include transmitting, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, receiving, from the UE based on the configuration, the channel state information report including a set of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, selecting, based on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the set of alternative reports, and communicating with the UE using the selected transmit beam.
An apparatus for wireless communications at a base station is described. The apparatus may include a processor, memory coupled with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory. The instructions may be executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report  associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, receive, from the UE based on the configuration, the channel state information report including a set of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, select, based on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the set of alternative reports, and communicate with the UE using the selected transmit beam.
Another apparatus for wireless communications at a base station is described. The apparatus may include means for transmitting, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, receiving, from the UE based on the configuration, the channel state information report including a set of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, selecting, based on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the set of alternative reports, and communicating with the UE using the selected transmit beam.
A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a base station is described. The code may include instructions executable by a processor to transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, receive, from the UE based on the configuration, the channel state information report including a set of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, select, based on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the set of alternative reports, and communicate with the UE using the selected transmit beam.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, receiving the channel state information report may  include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving a channel state information container that may be populated with the set of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the set of alternative reports may be prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report, where the set of alternative reports include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the channel state information report may be prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports within the channel state information container.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, the configuration may be for reporting at least a first channel state information report associated with measurements of a first channel state information reference signal resource and a second channel state information report associated with measurements of a second channel state information reference signal resource, where the set of alternative reports includes the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report may be prioritized before the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report may be prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report may be prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report within the channel state information container.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report may be prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report may be prioritized before the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report may be prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report may be multiplexed with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and after the multiplexed one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report may be multiplexed with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report, may be multiplexed within the channel state information container, and where successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more  alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report, may be multiplexed after the highest priority alternatives.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, the configuration for reporting the channel state information report includes instructions to include, in each alternative report, a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator, a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, receiving the channel state information report may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, in a first portion of the channel state information report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the set of the alternative reports, and receiving, in a second portion of the channel state information report, the set of the alternative reports.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, the configuration may be indicative of one or more subsets of precoding instances, where one alternative beam report may be to be provided per subset, and where the channel state information report that may be received from the UE includes one alternative report per subset.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances may be associated with at least one beam index, at least one channel state information reference signal resource indicator, at least one channel quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, the at least one precoding matrix indicator includes a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, each precoding instance in each of the one or more  subsets of precoding instances may have at least one element that may be not common with remaining precoding instances of a corresponding subset of precoding instances.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, one or more of the alternative reports include a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report.
A method of wireless communications at a UE is described. The method may include receiving, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, identifying, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, and transmitting the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
An apparatus for wireless communications at a UE is described. The apparatus may include a processor, memory coupled with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory. The instructions may be executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, identify, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, and transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
Another apparatus for wireless communications at a UE is described. The apparatus may include means for receiving, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, identifying, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, and transmitting the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a UE is described. The code may include instructions executable by a processor to receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, identify, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, and transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for determining that the subset that may have the highest channel quality measurement includes an instance of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to the highest channel quality measurement.
Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for determining that the subset that may have the highest channel quality measurement includes a set of instances of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to a highest average channel quality measurement.
A method of wireless communications at a base station is described. The method may include transmitting, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, receiving the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement, and communicating with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset..
An apparatus for wireless communications at a base station is described. The apparatus may include a processor, memory coupled with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory. The instructions may be executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the  configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, receive the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement, and communicate with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset..
Another apparatus for wireless communications at a base station is described. The apparatus may include means for transmitting, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, receiving the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement, and communicating with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset..
A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a base station is described. The code may include instructions executable by a processor to transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, receive the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement, and communicate with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset..
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, the subset that may have the highest channel quality measurement includes an instance of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to the highest channel quality measurement.
In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, the subset that may have the highest channel quality measurement includes a set of instances of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to a highest average channel quality measurement.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
FIG. 1 illustrates an example of a system for wireless communications that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
FIG. 2 illustrates an example of a wireless communications system that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
FIG. 3 illustrates an example of a wireless communications system that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
FIG. 4 illustrates an example of an antenna array that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
FIG. 5 illustrates an example of a communications scheme that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
FIG. 6 illustrates an example of a priority scheme that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
FIG. 7 illustrates an example of a priority scheme that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
FIG. 8 illustrates an example of a priority scheme that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
FIG. 9 illustrates an example of a priority scheme that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
FIG. 10 illustrates an example of a priority scheme that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
FIG. 11 illustrates an example of a process flow that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
FIG. 12 illustrates an example of a process flow that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
FIGs. 13 and 14 show block diagrams of devices that support reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
FIG. 15 shows a block diagram of a communications manager that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
FIG. 16 shows a diagram of a system including a device that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
FIGs. 17 and 18 show block diagrams of devices that support reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
FIG. 19 shows a block diagram of a communications manager that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
FIG. 20 shows a diagram of a system including a device that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
FIGs. 21 through 24 show flowcharts illustrating methods that support reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
In some examples, a base station operating in full duplex mode may utilize a preferred beam for communicating with a user equipment (UE) . The base station may transmit downlink reference signals to a UE and, in response, the UE may transmit a CSI report to the base station. The base station may use the CSI report to determine a beam for communicating with the UE. In some instances, the base station may be operating in full-duplex mode and may simultaneously receive uplink transmissions and transmit downlink transmissions. In some cases, the base station may send downlink transmissions on frequency resources that may be located near frequency resources on which the base station receives the uplink transmissions. In such examples, the base station may transmit to the UE via the preferred beam indicated by the CSI report and simultaneously receive a transmission, from a UE, on a frequency resource near the frequency resource used for the downlink transmission, using an antenna panel that is located near an antenna panel used for the downlink transmission, or both. In such cases, self-interference at the base station may occur. That is, the downlink transmission may interfere with reception of the uplink transmission. Self-interference may similarly occur at a UE operating in full duplex mode. Self-interference at the base station (or the UE) may result in increased interference, failed transmissions, increased system latency, and decreased user experience.
In some examples, a UE may transmit a CSI report including a set of alternative reports for communicating with the UE. The base station may transmit a configuration message indicating a maximum number of alternative reports, and the UE may transmit a CSI report including multiple alternative reports. Each alternative beam report may be associated with a different precoding instance of a CSI resource (e.g., with a different transmit beam for the base station) . In some cases, the set of alternative reports may include a first alternative beam and a second alternative beam, where the channel quality indicator (CQI) of the first alternative beam is higher than the CQI of the second alternative beam. In some cases, the base station may choose an alternative beam from the set of alternative beams reports included in the CSI report, to use for communicating with the UE. In such examples, the base  station may choose the second alternative beam. For example, if the base station knows that it will be receiving an uplink transmission on a frequency resource and simultaneously transmitting a downlink transmission on a frequency resource that is near the uplink frequency resource, the base station may choose the second alternative beam to transmit the downlink transmission. Using the second alternative beam for the downlink transmission may avoid self-interference while sending the downlink transmission.
In some examples, the base station may not configure a CSI report container that is large enough to receive a full CSI report including all available multiple alternative reports from the UE. That is, the CSI report, including the multiple alternatives, may include too much information for the size of the CSI report container. Any information that cannot fit in the container may not be transmitted, and thus the base station may only receive part of the CSI report. The UE may order the alternative reports according to one or more priority rules to increase the likelihood that higher prioritized alternative reports (e.g., beam reports having higher CSI values) can be transmitted to the base station, and only lower prioritized alternative reports will be omitted from the CSI report. Alternative reports may include wideband (WB) CSI reports and subband (SB) CSI reports, and may include reports associated with one or more CSI-RS resources. Priority rules may indicate various orders of wideband CSI reports, subband CSI reports associated with different CSI resources.
Additionally, in some cases, the base station may indicate one or more different transmit beam instances grouped into subsets. The UE selects a subset of beams and indicates the subset of beams in the CSI report.
Aspects of the disclosure are initially described in the context of wireless communications systems. Aspects of the disclosure are further illustrated by and described with reference to antenna arrays, communication schemes, priority schemes, and process flows. Aspects of the disclosure are further illustrated by and described with reference to apparatus diagrams, system diagrams, and flowcharts that relate to reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities for a full duplex base station.
FIG. 1 illustrates an example of a wireless communications system 100 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The wireless communications system 100 may include one or more base stations 105, one or more UEs 115, and a core network 130. In  some examples, the wireless communications system 100 may be a Long Term Evolution (LTE) network, an LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) network, an LTE-A Pro network, or a New Radio (NR) network. In some examples, the wireless communications system 100 may support enhanced broadband communications, ultra-reliable (e.g., mission critical) communications, low latency communications, communications with low-cost and low-complexity devices, or any combination thereof.
The base stations 105 may be dispersed throughout a geographic area to form the wireless communications system 100 and may be devices in different forms or having different capabilities. The base stations 105 and the UEs 115 may wirelessly communicate via one or more communication links 125. Each base station 105 may provide a coverage area 110 over which the UEs 115 and the base station 105 may establish one or more communication links 125. The coverage area 110 may be an example of a geographic area over which a base station 105 and a UE 115 may support the communication of signals according to one or more radio access technologies.
The UEs 115 may be dispersed throughout a coverage area 110 of the wireless communications system 100, and each UE 115 may be stationary, or mobile, or both at different times. The UEs 115 may be devices in different forms or having different capabilities. Some example UEs 115 are illustrated in FIG. 1. The UEs 115 described herein may be able to communicate with various types of devices, such as other UEs 115, the base stations 105, or network equipment (e.g., core network nodes, relay devices, integrated access and backhaul (IAB) nodes, or other network equipment) , as shown in FIG. 1.
The base stations 105 may communicate with the core network 130, or with one another, or both. For example, the base stations 105 may interface with the core network 130 through one or more backhaul links 120 (e.g., via an S1, N2, N3, or other interface) . The base stations 105 may communicate with one another over the backhaul links 120 (e.g., via an X2, Xn, or other interface) either directly (e.g., directly between base stations 105) , or indirectly (e.g., via core network 130) , or both. In some examples, the backhaul links 120 may be or include one or more wireless links.
One or more of the base stations 105 described herein may include or may be referred to by a person having ordinary skill in the art as a base transceiver station, a radio base station, an access point, a radio transceiver, a NodeB, an eNodeB (eNB) , a next- generation NodeB or a giga-NodeB (either of which may be referred to as a gNB) , a Home NodeB, a Home eNodeB, or other suitable terminology.
UE 115 may include or may be referred to as a mobile device, a wireless device, a remote device, a handheld device, or a subscriber device, or some other suitable terminology, where the “device” may also be referred to as a unit, a station, a terminal, or a client, among other examples. A UE 115 may also include or may be referred to as a personal electronic device such as a cellular phone, a personal digital assistant (PDA) , a tablet computer, a laptop computer, or a personal computer. In some examples, a UE 115 may include or be referred to as a wireless local loop (WLL) station, an Internet of Things (IoT) device, an Internet of Everything (IoE) device, or a machine type communications (MTC) device, among other examples, which may be implemented in various objects such as appliances, or vehicles, meters, among other examples.
The UEs 115 described herein may be able to communicate with various types of devices, such as other UEs 115 that may sometimes act as relays as well as the base stations 105 and the network equipment including macro eNBs or gNBs, small cell eNBs or gNBs, or relay base stations, among other examples, as shown in FIG. 1.
The UEs 115 and the base stations 105 may wirelessly communicate with one another via one or more communication links 125 over one or more carriers. The term “carrier” may refer to a set of radio frequency spectrum resources having a defined physical layer structure for supporting the communication links 125. For example, a carrier used for a communication link 125 may include a portion of a radio frequency spectrum band (e.g., a bandwidth part (BWP) ) that is operated according to one or more physical layer channels for a given radio access technology (e.g., LTE, LTE-A, LTE-A Pro, NR) . Each physical layer channel may carry acquisition signaling (e.g., synchronization signals, system information) , control signaling that coordinates operation for the carrier, user data, or other signaling. The wireless communications system 100 may support communication with a UE 115 using carrier aggregation or multi-carrier operation. A UE 115 may be configured with multiple downlink component carriers and one or more uplink component carriers according to a carrier aggregation configuration. Carrier aggregation may be used with both frequency division duplexing (FDD) and time division duplexing (TDD) component carriers.
In some examples (e.g., in a carrier aggregation configuration) , a carrier may also have acquisition signaling or control signaling that coordinates operations for other carriers. A carrier may be associated with a frequency channel (e.g., an evolved universal mobile telecommunication system terrestrial radio access (E-UTRA) absolute radio frequency channel number (EARFCN) ) and may be positioned according to a channel raster for discovery by the UEs 115. A carrier may be operated in a standalone mode where initial acquisition and connection may be conducted by the UEs 115 via the carrier, or the carrier may be operated in a non-standalone mode where a connection is anchored using a different carrier (e.g., of the same or a different radio access technology) .
The communication links 125 shown in the wireless communications system 100 may include uplink transmissions from a UE 115 to a base station 105, or downlink transmissions from a base station 105 to a UE 115. Carriers may carry downlink or uplink communications (e.g., in an FDD mode) or may be configured to carry downlink and uplink communications (e.g., in a TDD mode) .
A carrier may be associated with a particular bandwidth of the radio frequency spectrum, and in some examples the carrier bandwidth may be referred to as a “system bandwidth” of the carrier or the wireless communications system 100. For example, the carrier bandwidth may be one of a number of determined bandwidths for carriers of a particular radio access technology (e.g., 1.4, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 40, or 80 megahertz (MHz) ) . Devices of the wireless communications system 100 (e.g., the base stations 105, the UEs 115, or both) may have hardware configurations that support communications over a particular carrier bandwidth or may be configurable to support communications over one of a set of carrier bandwidths. In some examples, the wireless communications system 100 may include base stations 105 or UEs 115 that support simultaneous communications via carriers associated with multiple carrier bandwidths. In some examples, each served UE 115 may be configured for operating over portions (e.g., a sub-band, a BWP) or all of a carrier bandwidth.
Signal waveforms transmitted over a carrier may be made up of multiple subcarriers (e.g., using multi-carrier modulation (MCM) techniques such as orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) or discrete Fourier transform spread OFDM (DFT-S-OFDM) ) . In a system employing MCM techniques, a resource element may consist of one symbol period (e.g., a duration of one modulation symbol) and one subcarrier, where the  symbol period and subcarrier spacing are inversely related. The number of bits carried by each resource element may depend on the modulation scheme (e.g., the order of the modulation scheme, the coding rate of the modulation scheme, or both) . Thus, the more resource elements that a UE 115 receives and the higher the order of the modulation scheme, the higher the data rate may be for the UE 115. A wireless communications resource may refer to a combination of a radio frequency spectrum resource, a time resource, and a spatial resource (e.g., spatial layers or beams) , and the use of multiple spatial layers may further increase the data rate or data integrity for communications with a UE 115.
One or more numerologies for a carrier may be supported, where a numerology may include a subcarrier spacing (Δf) and a cyclic prefix. A carrier may be divided into one or more BWPs having the same or different numerologies. In some examples, a UE 115 may be configured with multiple BWPs. In some examples, a single BWP for a carrier may be active at a given time and communications for the UE 115 may be restricted to one or more active BWPs.
The time intervals for the base stations 105 or the UEs 115 may be expressed in multiples of a basic time unit which may, for example, refer to a sampling period of T s= 1/ (Δf max·N f) seconds, where Δf max may represent the maximum supported subcarrier spacing, and N f may represent the maximum supported discrete Fourier transform (DFT) size. Time intervals of a communications resource may be organized according to radio frames each having a specified duration (e.g., 10 milliseconds (ms) ) . Each radio frame may be identified by a system frame number (SFN) (e.g., ranging from 0 to 1023) .
Each frame may include multiple consecutively numbered subframes or slots, and each subframe or slot may have the same duration. In some examples, a frame may be divided (e.g., in the time domain) into subframes, and each subframe may be further divided into a number of slots. Alternatively, each frame may include a variable number of slots, and the number of slots may depend on subcarrier spacing. Each slot may include a number of symbol periods (e.g., depending on the length of the cyclic prefix prepended to each symbol period) . In some wireless communications systems 100, a slot may further be divided into multiple mini-slots containing one or more symbols. Excluding the cyclic prefix, each symbol period may contain one or more (e.g., N f) sampling periods. The duration of a symbol period may depend on the subcarrier spacing or frequency band of operation.
A subframe, a slot, a mini-slot, or a symbol may be the smallest scheduling unit (e.g., in the time domain) of the wireless communications system 100 and may be referred to as a transmission time interval (TTI) . In some examples, the TTI duration (e.g., the number of symbol periods in a TTI) may be variable. Additionally, or alternatively, the smallest scheduling unit of the wireless communications system 100 may be dynamically selected (e.g., in bursts of shortened TTIs (sTTIs) ) .
Physical channels may be multiplexed on a carrier according to various techniques. A physical control channel and a physical data channel may be multiplexed on a downlink carrier, for example, using one or more of time division multiplexing (TDM) techniques, frequency division multiplexing (FDM) techniques, or hybrid TDM-FDM techniques. A control region (e.g., a control resource set (CORESET) ) for a physical control channel may be defined by a number of symbol periods and may extend across the system bandwidth or a subset of the system bandwidth of the carrier. One or more control regions (e.g., CORESETs) may be configured for a set of the UEs 115. For example, one or more of the UEs 115 may monitor or search control regions for control information according to one or more search space sets, and each search space set may include one or multiple control channel candidates in one or more aggregation levels arranged in a cascaded manner. An aggregation level for a control channel candidate may refer to a number of control channel resources (e.g., control channel elements (CCEs) ) associated with encoded information for a control information format having a given payload size. Search space sets may include common search space sets configured for sending control information to multiple UEs 115 and UE-specific search space sets for sending control information to a specific UE 115.
Each base station 105 may provide communication coverage via one or more cells, for example a macro cell, a small cell, a hot spot, or other types of cells, or any combination thereof. The term “cell” may refer to a logical communication entity used for communication with a base station 105 (e.g., over a carrier) and may be associated with an identifier for distinguishing neighboring cells (e.g., a physical cell identifier (PCID) , a virtual cell identifier (VCID) , or others) . In some examples, a cell may also refer to a geographic coverage area 110 or a portion of a geographic coverage area 110 (e.g., a sector) over which the logical communication entity operates. Such cells may range from smaller areas (e.g., a structure, a subset of structure) to larger areas depending on various factors such as the capabilities of the base station 105. For example, a cell may be or include a building, a subset  of a building, or exterior spaces between or overlapping with geographic coverage areas 110, among other examples.
A macro cell generally covers a relatively large geographic area (e.g., several kilometers in radius) and may allow unrestricted access by the UEs 115 with service subscriptions with the network provider supporting the macro cell. A small cell may be associated with a lower-powered base station 105, as compared with a macro cell, and a small cell may operate in the same or different (e.g., licensed, unlicensed) frequency bands as macro cells. Small cells may provide unrestricted access to the UEs 115 with service subscriptions with the network provider or may provide restricted access to the UEs 115 having an association with the small cell (e.g., the UEs 115 in a closed subscriber group (CSG) , the UEs 115 associated with users in a home or office) . A base station 105 may support one or multiple cells and may also support communications over the one or more cells using one or multiple component carriers.
In some examples, a carrier may support multiple cells, and different cells may be configured according to different protocol types (e.g., MTC, narrowband IoT (NB-IoT) , enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB) ) that may provide access for different types of devices.
In some examples, a base station 105 may be movable and therefore provide communication coverage for a moving geographic coverage area 110. In some examples, different geographic coverage areas 110 associated with different technologies may overlap, but the different geographic coverage areas 110 may be supported by the same base station 105. In other examples, the overlapping geographic coverage areas 110 associated with different technologies may be supported by different base stations 105. The wireless communications system 100 may include, for example, a heterogeneous network in which different types of the base stations 105 provide coverage for various geographic coverage areas 110 using the same or different radio access technologies.
The wireless communications system 100 may support synchronous or asynchronous operation. For synchronous operation, the base stations 105 may have similar frame timings, and transmissions from different base stations 105 may be approximately aligned in time. For asynchronous operation, the base stations 105 may have different frame timings, and transmissions from different base stations 105 may, in some examples, not be  aligned in time. The techniques described herein may be used for either synchronous or asynchronous operations.
Some UEs 115, such as MTC or IoT devices, may be low cost or low complexity devices and may provide for automated communication between machines (e.g., via Machine-to-Machine (M2M) communication) . M2M communication or MTC may refer to data communication technologies that allow devices to communicate with one another or a base station 105 without human intervention. In some examples, M2M communication or MTC may include communications from devices that integrate sensors or meters to measure or capture information and relay such information to a central server or application program that makes use of the information or presents the information to humans interacting with the application program. Some UEs 115 may be designed to collect information or enable automated behavior of machines or other devices. Examples of applications for MTC devices include smart metering, inventory monitoring, water level monitoring, equipment monitoring, healthcare monitoring, wildlife monitoring, weather and geological event monitoring, fleet management and tracking, remote security sensing, physical access control, and transaction-based business charging.
Some UEs 115 may be configured to employ operating modes that reduce power consumption, such as half-duplex communications (e.g., a mode that supports one-way communication via transmission or reception, but not transmission and reception simultaneously) . In some examples, half-duplex communications may be performed at a reduced peak rate. Other power conservation techniques for the UEs 115 include entering a power saving deep sleep mode when not engaging in active communications, operating over a limited bandwidth (e.g., according to narrowband communications) , or a combination of these techniques. For example, some UEs 115 may be configured for operation using a narrowband protocol type that is associated with a defined portion or range (e.g., set of subcarriers or resource blocks (RBs) ) within a carrier, within a guard-band of a carrier, or outside of a carrier.
The wireless communications system 100 may be configured to support ultra-reliable communications or low-latency communications, or various combinations thereof. For example, the wireless communications system 100 may be configured to support ultra-reliable low-latency communications (URLLC) or mission critical communications. The UEs  115 may be designed to support ultra-reliable, low-latency, or critical functions (e.g., mission critical functions) . Ultra-reliable communications may include private communication or group communication and may be supported by one or more mission critical services such as mission critical push-to-talk (MCPTT) , mission critical video (MCVideo) , or mission critical data (MCData) . Support for mission critical functions may include prioritization of services, and mission critical services may be used for public safety or general commercial applications. The terms ultra-reliable, low-latency, mission critical, and ultra-reliable low-latency may be used interchangeably herein.
In some examples, a UE 115 may also be able to communicate directly with other UEs 115 over a device-to-device (D2D) communication link 135 (e.g., using a peer-to-peer (P2P) or D2D protocol) . One or more UEs 115 utilizing D2D communications may be within the geographic coverage area 110 of a base station 105. Other UEs 115 in such a group may be outside the geographic coverage area 110 of a base station 105 or be otherwise unable to receive transmissions from a base station 105. In some examples, groups of the UEs 115 communicating via D2D communications may utilize a one-to-many (1: M) system in which each UE 115 transmits to every other UE 115 in the group. In some examples, a base station 105 facilitates the scheduling of resources for D2D communications. In other cases, D2D communications are carried out between the UEs 115 without the involvement of a base station 105.
In some systems, the D2D communication link 135 may be an example of a communication channel, such as a sidelink communication channel, between vehicles (e.g., UEs 115) . In some examples, vehicles may communicate using vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communications, vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communications, or some combination of these. A vehicle may signal information related to traffic conditions, signal scheduling, weather, safety, emergencies, or any other information relevant to a V2X system. In some examples, vehicles in a V2X system may communicate with roadside infrastructure, such as roadside units, or with the network via one or more network nodes (e.g., base stations 105) using vehicle-to-network (V2N) communications, or with both.
The core network 130 may provide user authentication, access authorization, tracking, Internet Protocol (IP) connectivity, and other access, routing, or mobility functions. The core network 130 may be an evolved packet core (EPC) or 5G core (5GC) , which may  include at least one control plane entity that manages access and mobility (e.g., a mobility management entity (MME) , an access and mobility management function (AMF) ) and at least one user plane entity that routes packets or interconnects to external networks (e.g., a serving gateway (S-GW) , a Packet Data Network (PDN) gateway (P-GW) , or a user plane function (UPF) ) . The control plane entity may manage non-access stratum (NAS) functions such as mobility, authentication, and bearer management for the UEs 115 served by the base stations 105 associated with the core network 130. User IP packets may be transferred through the user plane entity, which may provide IP address allocation as well as other functions. The user plane entity may be connected to the network operators IP services 150. The operators IP services 150 may include access to the Internet, Intranet (s) , an IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) , or a Packet-Switched Streaming Service.
Some of the network devices, such as a base station 105, may include subcomponents such as an access network entity 140, which may be an example of an access node controller (ANC) . Each access network entity 140 may communicate with the UEs 115 through one or more other access network transmission entities 145, which may be referred to as radio heads, smart radio heads, or transmission/reception points (TRPs) . Each access network transmission entity 145 may include one or more antenna panels. In some configurations, various functions of each access network entity 140 or base station 105 may be distributed across various network devices (e.g., radio heads and ANCs) or consolidated into a single network device (e.g., a base station 105) .
The wireless communications system 100 may operate using one or more frequency bands, typically in the range of 300 megahertz (MHz) to 300 gigahertz (GHz) . Generally, the region from 300 MHz to 3 GHz is known as the ultra-high frequency (UHF) region or decimeter band because the wavelengths range from approximately one decimeter to one meter in length. The UHF waves may be blocked or redirected by buildings and environmental features, but the waves may penetrate structures sufficiently for a macro cell to provide service to the UEs 115 located indoors. The transmission of UHF waves may be associated with smaller antennas and shorter ranges (e.g., less than 100 kilometers) compared to transmission using the smaller frequencies and longer waves of the high frequency (HF) or very high frequency (VHF) portion of the spectrum below 300 MHz.
The wireless communications system 100 may also operate in a super high frequency (SHF) region using frequency bands from 3 GHz to 30 GHz, also known as the centimeter band, or in an extremely high frequency (EHF) region of the spectrum (e.g., from 30 GHz to 300 GHz) , also known as the millimeter band. In some examples, the wireless communications system 100 may support millimeter wave (mmW) communications between the UEs 115 and the base stations 105, and EHF antennas of the respective devices may be smaller and more closely spaced than UHF antennas. In some examples, this may facilitate use of antenna arrays within a device. The propagation of EHF transmissions, however, may be subject to even greater atmospheric attenuation and shorter range than SHF or UHF transmissions. The techniques disclosed herein may be employed across transmissions that use one or more different frequency regions, and designated use of bands across these frequency regions may differ by country or regulating body.
The wireless communications system 100 may utilize both licensed and unlicensed radio frequency spectrum bands. For example, the wireless communications system 100 may employ License Assisted Access (LAA) , LTE-Unlicensed (LTE-U) radio access technology, or NR technology in an unlicensed band such as the 5 GHz industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) band. When operating in unlicensed radio frequency spectrum bands, devices such as the base stations 105 and the UEs 115 may employ carrier sensing for collision detection and avoidance. In some examples, operations in unlicensed bands may be based on a carrier aggregation configuration in conjunction with component carriers operating in a licensed band (e.g., LAA) . Operations in unlicensed spectrum may include downlink transmissions, uplink transmissions, P2P transmissions, or D2D transmissions, among other examples.
base station 105 or a UE 115 may be equipped with multiple antennas, which may be used to employ techniques such as transmit diversity, receive diversity, multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communications, or beamforming. The antennas of a base station 105 or a UE 115 may be located within one or more antenna arrays or antenna panels, which may support MIMO operations or transmit or receive beamforming. For example, one or more base station antennas or antenna arrays may be co-located at an antenna assembly, such as an antenna tower. In some examples, antennas or antenna arrays associated with a base station 105 may be located in diverse geographic locations. A base station 105 may have an antenna array with a number of rows and columns of antenna ports that the base station 105  may use to support beamforming of communications with a UE 115. Likewise, a UE 115 may have one or more antenna arrays that may support various MIMO or beamforming operations. Additionally, or alternatively, an antenna panel may support radio frequency beamforming for a signal transmitted via an antenna port.
The base stations 105 or the UEs 115 may use MIMO communications to exploit multipath signal propagation and increase the spectral efficiency by transmitting or receiving multiple signals via different spatial layers. Such techniques may be referred to as spatial multiplexing. The multiple signals may, for example, be transmitted by the transmitting device via different antennas or different combinations of antennas. Likewise, the multiple signals may be received by the receiving device via different antennas or different combinations of antennas. Each of the multiple signals may be referred to as a separate spatial stream and may carry bits associated with the same data stream (e.g., the same codeword) or different data streams (e.g., different codewords) . Different spatial layers may be associated with different antenna ports used for channel measurement and reporting. MIMO techniques include single-user MIMO (SU-MIMO) , where multiple spatial layers are transmitted to the same receiving device, and multiple-user MIMO (MU-MIMO) , where multiple spatial layers are transmitted to multiple devices.
Beamforming, which may also be referred to as spatial filtering, directional transmission, or directional reception, is a signal processing technique that may be used at a transmitting device or a receiving device (e.g., a base station 105, a UE 115) to shape or steer an antenna beam (e.g., a transmit beam, a receive beam) along a spatial path between the transmitting device and the receiving device. Beamforming may be achieved by combining the signals communicated via antenna elements of an antenna array such that some signals propagating at particular orientations with respect to an antenna array experience constructive interference while others experience destructive interference. The adjustment of signals communicated via the antenna elements may include a transmitting device or a receiving device applying amplitude offsets, phase offsets, or both to signals carried via the antenna elements associated with the device. The adjustments associated with each of the antenna elements may be defined by a beamforming weight set associated with a particular orientation (e.g., with respect to the antenna array of the transmitting device or receiving device, or with respect to some other orientation) .
base station 105 or a UE 115 may use beam sweeping techniques as part of beam forming operations. For example, a base station 105 may use multiple antennas or antenna arrays (e.g., antenna panels) to conduct beamforming operations for directional communications with a UE 115. Some signals (e.g., synchronization signals, reference signals, beam selection signals, or other control signals) may be transmitted by a base station 105 multiple times in different directions. For example, the base station 105 may transmit a signal according to different beamforming weight sets associated with different directions of transmission. Transmissions in different beam directions may be used to identify (e.g., by a transmitting device, such as a base station 105, or by a receiving device, such as a UE 115) a beam direction for later transmission or reception by the base station 105.
Some signals, such as data signals associated with a particular receiving device, may be transmitted by a base station 105 in a single beam direction (e.g., a direction associated with the receiving device, such as a UE 115) . In some examples, the beam direction associated with transmissions along a single beam direction may be determined based on a signal that was transmitted in one or more beam directions. For example, a UE 115 may receive one or more of the signals transmitted by the base station 105 in different directions and may report to the base station 105 an indication of the signal that the UE 115 received with a highest signal quality or an otherwise acceptable signal quality.
In some examples, transmissions by a device (e.g., by a base station 105 or a UE 115) may be performed using multiple beam directions, and the device may use a combination of digital precoding or radio frequency beamforming to generate a combined beam for transmission (e.g., from a base station 105 to a UE 115) . The UE 115 may report feedback that indicates precoding weights for one or more beam directions, and the feedback may correspond to a configured number of beams across a system bandwidth or one or more sub-bands. The base station 105 may transmit a reference signal (e.g., a cell-specific reference signal (CRS) , a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) ) , which may be precoded or unprecoded. The UE 115 may provide feedback for beam selection, which may be a precoding matrix indicator (PMI) or codebook-based feedback (e.g., a multi-panel type codebook, a linear combination type codebook, a port selection type codebook) . Although these techniques are described with reference to signals transmitted in one or more directions by a base station 105, a UE 115 may employ similar techniques for transmitting signals multiple times in different directions (e.g., for identifying a beam direction for subsequent  transmission or reception by the UE 115) or for transmitting a signal in a single direction (e.g., for transmitting data to a receiving device) .
A receiving device (e.g., a UE 115) may try multiple receive configurations (e.g., directional listening) when receiving various signals from the base station 105, such as synchronization signals, reference signals, beam selection signals, or other control signals. For example, a receiving device may try multiple receive directions by receiving via different antenna subarrays, by processing received signals according to different antenna subarrays, by receiving according to different receive beamforming weight sets (e.g., different directional listening weight sets) applied to signals received at multiple antenna elements of an antenna array, or by processing received signals according to different receive beamforming weight sets applied to signals received at multiple antenna elements of an antenna array, any of which may be referred to as “listening” according to different receive configurations or receive directions. In some examples, a receiving device may use a single receive configuration to receive along a single beam direction (e.g., when receiving a data signal) . The single receive configuration may be aligned in a beam direction determined based on listening according to different receive configuration directions (e.g., a beam direction determined to have a highest signal strength, highest signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) , or otherwise acceptable signal quality based on listening according to multiple beam directions) .
The wireless communications system 100 may be a packet-based network that operates according to a layered protocol stack. In the user plane, communications at the bearer or Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer may be IP-based. A Radio Link Control (RLC) layer may perform packet segmentation and reassembly to communicate over logical channels. A Medium Access Control (MAC) layer may perform priority handling and multiplexing of logical channels into transport channels. The MAC layer may also use error detection techniques, error correction techniques, or both to support retransmissions at the MAC layer to improve link efficiency. In the control plane, the Radio Resource Control (RRC) protocol layer may provide establishment, configuration, and maintenance of an RRC connection between a UE 115 and a base station 105 or a core network 130 supporting radio bearers for user plane data. At the physical layer, transport channels may be mapped to physical channels.
The UEs 115 and the base stations 105 may support retransmissions of data to increase the likelihood that data is received successfully. Hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback is one technique for increasing the likelihood that data is received correctly over a communication link 125. HARQ may include a combination of error detection (e.g., using a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) ) , forward error correction (FEC) , and retransmission (e.g., automatic repeat request (ARQ) ) . HARQ may improve throughput at the MAC layer in poor radio conditions (e.g., low signal-to-noise conditions) . In some examples, a device may support same-slot HARQ feedback, where the device may provide HARQ feedback in a specific slot for data received in a previous symbol in the slot. In other cases, the device may provide HARQ feedback in a subsequent slot, or according to some other time interval.
In some examples, a UE 115 may receive, from a base station 105, a configuration for transmitting a CSI report, and transmitting the CSI report. The configuration may indicate a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the CSI report, where each alternative report is associated with a different precoding instance (e.g., a different transmit beam) of a CSI reference signal (CSI-RS) resource. The UE 115 may include up to the maximum number of alternative reports in the CSI report, and may order the reports according to one or more priority rules.
In some examples, the described techniques may include receiving, from a base station 105, a configuration for a CSI report. The UE 115 may identify that different precoding instances of a CSI-RS resource are grouped into one or more subsets. Each subset may correspond to a subset of transmit beams. The UE 115 may be configured to select one or more precoding instances from each subset, and may include an alternate report for the selected precoding instance in the CSI report.
FIG. 2 illustrates an example of a wireless communications system 200 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. In some examples, wireless communications system 200 may implement aspects of wireless communications system 100. Wireless communications system 200 may include a UE 115-a, a UE 115-b, and a base station 105-a, which may be examples of corresponding devices described with reference to  FIG. 1. In some examples, base station 105-a may communicate with one or more UEs 115 (e.g., UE 115-a and UE 115-b) .
In some examples, base station 105-a may operate in a time division duplex mode. In such examples, some transmission time intervals (TTIs) may be allocated for downlink transmission over downlink communication link 205, and some TTIs may be allocated for uplink transmissions over uplink communication link 210. In such examples, during downlink TTIs (e.g., a set of one or more slots) , base station 105-a may transmit one or more downlink messages over downlink communication link 205, to UE 115-a. Base station 105-amay transmit the downlink messages using one or more antenna panels over one or more transmit beams. During uplink TTIs (e.g., a set of one or more slots) , base station 105-a may receive one or more uplink messages over uplink communication link 210, from UE 115-b. Base station 105-a may receive the uplink messages using one or more antenna panels over one or more receive beams.
In some examples, base station 105-a may operate in a full duplex mode. In such examples, base station 105-a may simultaneous transmit downlink messages and receive uplink messages. For instance, base station 105-a may simultaneously transmit downlink messages over downlink communication link 205 and receive uplink messages over uplink communication link 210. Resources 220 may be allocated for uplink and downlink communications. In any given slot in full-duplex mode, resources on a first channel (e.g., a 40 MHz channel) and a second channel (e.g., a 40 MHz channel) may be allocated for downlink communications over downlink communication link 205. In the same slot, resources on a third channel (e.g., a 20 MHz channel) , may be allocated for uplink communication over uplink communication link 210. During such a slot, base station 105-amay receive, using a first antenna panel, uplink communications from UE 115-b, and may transmit, using a second antenna panel, downlink communications to UE 115-a.
Base station 105-a may transmit, over a downlink communication link 205, one or more CSI-RSs. UEs 115 may perform measurements and transmit CSI reports to base station 105-a over an uplink communication link 210. However, as described herein, UEs 115 may provide only channel quality information for a preferred beam. In some examples, as described in greater detail with reference to FIG. 3, a base station 105 or UE 115 may experience self-interference. In such examples, a UE 115 may provide channel quality  information regarding multiple transmit beams, instead of only one, which may allow a base station 105 to improve transmission efficiency, reduce signaling overhead, and improve user experience.
FIG. 3 illustrates an example of a wireless communications system 300 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. In some examples, the wireless communications system 300 may implement aspects of  wireless communications system  100 and 200. The wireless communications system 300 may include a UE 115-c, a UE 115-d, a base station 105-b, and a base station 105-c, which may be examples of the corresponding devices described with reference to FIG. 1.
In some cases, the wireless communications system 300 (e.g., a 5G or an NR system) may support full-duplex communications at one or both ends of a communication link (e.g., for a UE 115, a base station 105, or both) . For example, a base station 105-b may determine time or frequency resources, or both, in which uplink communication (e.g., one or more uplink transmissions) to the base station 105-b overlaps in time with downlink communication (e.g., one or more downlink transmissions) to a UE 115-c. The base station 105-b may transmit an indication, which may be referred to as an uplink indication, of the time or frequency resources to the UE 115-c and the UE 115-c may decode the downlink communication accordingly. As such, the wireless communications system 300, a full-duplex communications system or a high-density communications system, may provide more reliable and robust communication in high-interference environments.
In some cases, the UE 115-c and the base station 105-b may support full-duplex communications over an uplink communication link 305-a and a downlink communication link 310-a. While transmitting and receiving signals using full-duplex communications, the UE 115-c or the base station 105-b, or both, may experience self-interference (e.g., due to transmitting and receiving signals via spatially proximate antenna arrays) . For instance, the base station 105-b may experience self-interference when receiving uplink communications from one or more UEs 115 (e.g., including UEs 115-a and 115-b) while simultaneously communicating on the downlink communication link 310-ato the UE 115-c, where the downlink signaling may generate the self-interference on the reception on the uplink communication link 305-aat the base station 105-b. For example, base station 105-b may  transmit a downlink message over downlink communication link 310-a to UE 115-c using a downlink antenna array. At the same time, UE 115-c (operating in full-duplex mode) may transmit an uplink message over uplink communication link 305-a. The downlink message may be transmitted at a high power. However, due to the physical location of UE 115-c, base station 105-b may receive the uplink message at a lower power than the power at which it transmits the downlink message. Thus, if the frequency resources of the uplink message and the downlink message are located close to each other in the frequency domain, or if the transmit antenna array and the receive antenna array are physically proximate one another, or a combination of both, the downlink message may interfere with the uplink message. Similarly, a downlink message to UE 115c may interfere with reception of an uplink message from UE 115-d. Additionally, the base station 105-b may experience cross-link interference from the base station 105-c (over communication link 315-d) or from the UE 115-d (over communication link 315-b) . Additionally, similar conditions may apply to the UE 115-d and the base station 105-c based on simultaneously communicating via uplink communication link 305-b and downlink communication link 310-b or based on being within close proximity of the UE 115-c or the base station 105-b.
UE 115 may experience self-interference for similar reasons. For instance, the UE 115-c may transmit a signal (e.g., an uplink transmission) to the base station 105-b on the uplink communication link 305-a via a transmit antenna array while simultaneously receiving a signal (e.g., a downlink transmission 325) from the base station 105-b on the downlink communication link 310-a via a receive antenna array. In some cases (e.g., when the transmit antenna array is spatially proximate to the receive antenna array) , the UE 115-c may experience interference at the receive antenna array from transmissions via the transmit antenna array. In particular, the UE 115-c may experience interference on its receive antennas from its own uplink transmissions 320. Additionally, or alternatively, the UE 115-c may experience cross-link interference from uplink transmissions of a nearby or neighboring UE 115-d. For example, the UE 115-c may experience cross-link interference from uplink transmissions by the UE 115-d, which may be nearby or within a threshold distance of the UE 115-c. The UE 115-d may transmit over uplink communication link 305-b, which may generate or otherwise cause interfering signals over communication link 315-a that result in interference at the UE 115-c. The UE 115-c may similarly experience cross-link interference from the base station 105-c via communication link 315-c.
In some examples, a base station 105 (e.g., base station 105-b) may determine transmit beams over which to communicate with a UE 115 (e.g., UE 115-c) based on channel state information from UE 115-c. For example, base station 105-a may transmit one or more CSI-RSs over downlink communication link 310-a. UE 115-a may receive the CSI-RSs, perform one or more measurements, and transmit a CSI report indicating channel metrics for one or more preferred beams to base station 105-b. In some examples, the CSI report may indicate a preferred beam. However, a preferred beam determined during a CSI-RS resource may not be free of interference during a full-duplex TTI, as a result of the self-interference described herein. For instance, base station 105-b may transmit CSI-RSs over a set of beams (e.g., a first beam, a second beam, a third beam, and a fourth beam) . UE 115-c may perform channel measurements and determine channel quality for the beams, and may determine that the first beam is the preferred beam (e.g., the first beam has the highest CQI value of the four beams) . In such examples, UE 115-c may transmit a CSI report indicating the first beam as the preferred beam. However, UE 115-c may have received the CSI-RSs during slots in which the base station 105-b was not operating in a full-duplex mode. During a subsequent slot, base station 105-b may schedule downlink communications for UE 115-c and uplink communications from another UE 115 (e.g., UE 115-d) . The antenna array base station 105-b uses to receive uplink communications from UE 115-d may be spatially proximate to the antenna array base station 105-b uses to transmit downlink communications to UE 115-c using the first beam. Base station 105-b may thus determine that, despite the indication that the first beam is the preferred beam, communications over the first beam will likely interfere with uplink communications from UE 115-d.
It may therefore be beneficial for the base station 105 to have access to multiple acceptable beams (whether the preferred beam or not) over which to communicate with a UE 115. For instance, base station 105-b may configure UE 115-c to report a maximum number of alternative reports to base station 105-b, and may configure UE 115-c with one or more CSI quantities (e.g., CQI, CRI, RI, beam indices, or the like) . UE 115-c may send a CSI report to base station 105-b including a set of alternative reports. The set of alternative reports may number up to the configured maximum number of alternative reports, each alternative report indicating CSI (e.g., the configured CSI quantities) for different precoding instances (e.g., different beams on which to communicate with UE 115-c) . When scheduling subsequent communications (e.g., uplink and downlink communications in a full-duplex  mode) , base station 105-b may select one of the alternative beams that best serves overall communications. For instance, UE 115-c may report that the first of four beams is a preferred beam (e.g., a first alternative) , that the third beam is not as good as the first beam (e.g., has a lower CQI value than the first beam) but still serviceable, and that the second beam is not as good as the first or third beam (e.g., has a lower CQI value than the first beam and the third beam) , but is still serviceable. In some examples, UE 115-c may report all available alternative beams up to the maximum number of alternative reports that satisfy a threshold CQI value. Any beam that does not satisfy the threshold CQI value may be excluded from the set of alternative reports that make up the CSI report.
In some examples, as described in greater detail with reference to FIG. FIGs. 6-10, UE 115-c may order the alternative reports in the CSI report according to priority (e.g., may locate alternative reports that have higher CQI values prior to alternative reports that have lower CQI values within the CSI report) .
In some examples, various codebook types may be designed based on one dimensional Fourier transforms or two dimensional Fourier transforms, and may implicitly assume a uniform linear or planar array employed at a base station 105. However, a UE 115 may use a variety of two dimensional antenna array dimensions, and codebooks may therefore be configurable and scalable, as described in greater detail with reference to FIG. 4.
FIG. 4 illustrates an example of an antenna array 400 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. In some examples, antenna array 400 may implement aspects of  wireless communications system  100, 200 and 300.
A device (e.g., a base station 105 or a UE 115) may communicate using one or more antennas. In some examples, an antenna port layer of an antenna panel may be defined in vertical and horizontal dimensions (e.g., N 1×N 2) . Antenna arrays may be explicitly configured as part of a codebook configuration. For multi-panel codebooks, a number of panels N g may also be configured. Thus, a base station 105 or a UE 115 may be configured with multiple antennas having various dimensions. Thus, an antenna panel may be defined by any number of combinations of vertical and horizontal dimensions, respectively (e.g., an antenna panel or antenna array may be configured such that an antenna panel is a 1×2,  2×1, 2×2, 4×4, 2×8, 3×2, 4×1, 4×2, 4×3, 8×1, 6×1, 6×2, 12×1, 16×1, or the like) , and a UE 115 may be configured to communicate via multiple panels 410.
In some examples, a base station 105 may use dual polarized antenna arrays, and may transmit CSI-RSs to one or more UEs 115, which may result in a total number of CSI-RS antenna ports used by a codebook where the number of ports is equal to P=2N gN 1N 2 where N g=1 for a single panel and Type II codebooks. A UE 115 in some wireless communications systems (e.g., an NR system) may support up to 32 antenna ports for codebooks and single panel and Type II codebooks may include various dimensions of antenna panels. For instance, an antenna panel may be configured with a number (e.g., four) of antenna panels, each of which may have a number of antenna ports (e.g., 2×2) . A base station configured with such a set of antenna panels may transmit and receive via various beams generated by the multiple panels.
In some examples, a type I single-panel codebook may contain dimensional Fourier transform precoder vectors with linearly increasing phases over the antenna ports in each special dimension. Such codebook designs may assume an antenna setup of phase-calibrated and equally spaced antenna ports in each spatial dimension. In such examples, precoders of such codebooks may math the array response assuming pure line-of=-sight channel and may provide accurate representations of dominant channel paths for other propagation conditions. However, an uncalibrated multi-panel array or non-uniform multi-panel array may assume that dimensional Fourier transforms codebooks are broken. That is, applying a dimensional Fourier transform precoder across antenna elements of multiple panels may not result in an efficient representation of channel response. Spacing between a last antenna element of a panel and the first antenna element of a next panel may be different from the antenna element spacing within a panel for a non-uniform panel array. In such cases, a phase shift between the antenna elements may be defined as
Figure PCTCN2020082492-appb-000001
for non-uniform panel arrays, instead of
Figure PCTCN2020082492-appb-000002
which may be used for a dimensional Fourier transform precoder, to create a linear phase front, where k is a dimensional Fourier transform precoder index, N is a number of antennas in a dimension, and Δ panel is an additional distance between panels compared to a distance between panels in a uniform multi-panel array. Additionally, an  additional phase offset between antenna panels may be added due to, for example, different LO phase state or frequency offset. In some examples, a phase offset may be completely random and thus uniformly distributed. In such examples, a special codebook design for such an antenna setup may be used.
A multi-panel codebook design may build on applying a precoder w sp from a single-panel codebook on each constituent panel, where a same single-panel precoder w sp is applied on each antenna panel of the multi-panel antenna array. Additionally, or alternatively, to compensate for a possible calibration error between panels as well as a phase offset due to a non-uniform panel placement, a per-panel co-phasing factor
Figure PCTCN2020082492-appb-000003
may be applied to each panel n. In such cases, a precoding vector for a layer may be described as, for a multi-panel codebook consist of N g=4 panels: 
Figure PCTCN2020082492-appb-000004
In some examples, a base station 105 may transmit or receive using beams generated across multiple panels. A first panel 410-a may be used for transmitting (e.g., generating a transmit beam) and a second panel 410-b may be used for receiving (e.g., generating a receive beam) in a full-duplex mode. In some examples, different sets of panels may be used for transmitting (e.g., panel 410-a and panel 410-b) and other sets of panels may be used for receiving (e.g., panel 410-c and panel 410-d) .
As described herein with reference to FIG. 5, in a multi-panel array may be uniform or non-uniform. A base station 105 with such antenna arrays may generate multiple CSI-RSs for transmission to one or more UEs 115. The base station 105 may precode the CSI-RSs such that each transmit beam is associated with a precoding instance. For instance, the base station may generate a first beam using panel 410-a, a second beam using panel 410-b, a third beam using panel 410-c, and a fourth beam using panel 410-d. The base station 105 may transmit a CSI-RS over a CSI-RS resource, where each of the four transmit beams is associated with a precoding instance. Upon receiving the transmit beams, the UE 115 may perform one or more measurements, and may transmit a set of one or more alternative reports. For instance, the UE 115 may generate an alternative report for a first precoding instance associated with the first transmit beam, an alternative report for a second precoding instance associated with the second transmit beam, an alternative report for a third precoding instance associated with the third transmit beam, and an alternative report for a fourth  precoding instance associated with the fourth transmit beam. Such alternative reporting may improve scheduling efficiency for a base station 105, as described in greater detail with reference to FIG. 5.
FIG. 5 illustrates an example of a communications scheme 500 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. In some examples, communications scheme 500 may implement aspects of  wireless communications systems  100, 200, and 300.
base station 105 and one or more UEs 115 may communicate over resources 505. In some cases, resources 505 may be allocated for uplink and downlink communications. The resource allocations may vary across slots 510, and may support full-duplex operations in some slots. For example, during some or all of a first slot 510-a, resources 505 may be allocated for transmitting downlink signals 525. During one or more CSI-RS resources in first slot 510-a, base station 105 may transmit one or more CSI-RSs. During second slot 510-b, some resources may be allocated for transmitting downlink data 520-a, while other resources maybe allocated for receiving PUSCH 515-a. In some examples, resources 505 for uplink or downlink signaling may be allocated across different channels, as described with reference to FIG. 2. Similarly, during third slot 510-c, some resources 505 may be allocated for transmitting downlink data 520-b, while other resources maybe allocated for receiving PUSCH 515-b. During fourth slot 510-d, some or all resources may be allocated for receiving PUSCH 515-c. In some examples, a resource allocation of resources 505 may be repeat (e.g., the multi-slot pattern may repeat one or more times with respect to time) .
Base station 105 may communicate with one or more UEs 115 using antenna panels. Antenna panels may be uniform or non-uniform, and base station 105 may configure and operate such antenna panels, as described with reference to FIG. 4. In some examples, base station 105 may utilize multiple antenna panels differently across slots. For instance, during first slot 510-a, base station 105 may not be operating in full-duplex mode. Base station 105 may therefore use first panel 530 to generate one or more transmit beams 540 for transmitting downlink signals 525, and may also use second panel 535 to generate one or more transmit beams 540 for transmitting downlink signals 525. During second slot 510-b and third slot 510-c, base station 105 may be operating in a full duplex mode. Thus, base  station 105 may use first panel 530 to generate one or more transmit beams 540 for transmitting downlink data 520-a and downlink data 520-b. At the same time, base station 105 may use second panel 535 to generate one or more receive beams 540 for receiving PUSCH 515-a and PUSCH 515-b. Thus, by using both first panel 530 and second panel 535, base station 105 may simultaneously transmit downlink data 520 and receive PUSCH 515.
In some examples, base station 105 may reconfigure one or more antenna panels across slots. For example, base station 105 may use first antenna panel to generate transmit beams 540 during second slot 510-b, but may use fist panel 530 to generate a receive beam 545 during third slot 510-c (not shown) . Similarly, base station 105 may configure different beams using a single panel. For instance, during second slot 510-b base station 105 may generate a first set of one or more transmit beams 540. During third slot 510-c, base station 105 may reconfigure the antenna ports of first panel 530 to generate a different set of one or more transmit beams 540. During fourth slot 510-d, base station 105 may reconfigure one or both of first panel 530 and second panel 535 to receive PUSCH 515-c. For example, base station 105 may use first panel 530 to generate one or more receive beams 545, and may use second panel 535 to generate one or more receive beams 545, and may use both first panel 530 and second panel 535 to receive uplink signaling over PUSCH 515-c.
In some examples, transmissions over beams that are ideal or preferred during one slot 510 may experience interference over the same beams during a different slot 510. For example, base station 105 may transmit CSI-RSs during first slot 510-aover a first transmit beam 540 using first panel 530. Base station 105 may simultaneously transmit over a second transmit beam 540 using second panel 535, which may not cause any interference or may cause an acceptable amount of interference with the transmit beam 540 generated by first panel 530. A first UE 115 may receive the CSI-RSs over one or more CSI-RS resources, and may identify a preferred beam. In a CSI-RS report, the first UE 115 may indicate a preferred beam 540 generated by first panel 530. However, during a subsequent slot 510-c (e.g., during the same repetition of resources 505 or a subsequent repetition of resources 505) , base station 105 may be operating in full-duplex mode. Although the transmit beam 540 generated by first panel 530 may remain unchanged, base station 105 may simultaneously be receiving uplink transmissions from a second UE 115 using a receive beam 545 generated by second panel 535. In such examples, base station 105 may determine that a downlink transmission during third slot 510-c using the transmit beam 540 generated by first panel 530 may interfere with  uplink communications received from the second UE 115 using the receive beam 545 generated by second panel 535. Such interference may result in failed transmissions, increased numbers of retransmissions, system latency, and decreased user experience.
To reduce the likelihood of self-interference resulting from full-duplex mode described herein, base station 105 may instruct UEs 115 to provide CSI-reports including a number of alternative reports. That is, for each precoding instance (e.g., corresponding to each transmit beam) , a UE 115 may take measurements and select a number of alternative precoding instances (e.g., corresponding to a number of alternative beams) on which to report. In such examples, base station 105 may provide a maximum number of alternative reports, and the UE 115 may generate a number of alternative reports that is less than or equal to the maximum number of alternative reports. In some examples, the UE may generate alternative reports for all precoding instances to which CSI measurements exceed a threshold CQI value (e.g., for all precoding instances that are not less than twenty-five percent less than a maximum CQI value) . Upon generating the alternative reports, the UE may order the reports according to one or more priority schemes, and transmit a CSI report including the alternative reports. For instance, the first UE 115 may receive the CSI-RSs during first slot 510-a, and perform measurements for each precoding instance in one or more CSI-RS resources. For each precoding instance, the first UE 115 may generate an alternative report. A first alternative report may have a highest CQI value corresponding to the transmit beam 540 generated by first panel 530. A second alternative report may have a CQI value that is lower than the highest CQI value, but still supports successful communications over another transmit beam 540 generated by a third panel (not shown) . In such examples, the first UE 115 may transmit a CSI report including both the first alternative report, and the second alternative report.
Base station 105 may receive the alternative reports, and determine which transmit beams to use during subsequent communications. For instance, during a slot 510-b (e.g., of the same repetition of resources 505 or a subsequent repetition of resources 505) , base station 105 may determine that downlink transmissions over the transmit beam 540 generated by first panel 530 will not create interference for uplink signaling over receive beam 545 generated by second panel 535. In such examples, base station 105 may schedule downlink transmissions over the transmit beam 540 of the first alternative report during second slot 510-b. However, base station 105 may also determine that downlink transmissions over the  transmit beam 540 generated by first panel 530 will create interference for uplink signaling over receive beam 545 generated by second panel 535 during third slot 510-c (e.g., based on antenna configurations, uplink communications scheduled with additional UEs 115, locations of various UEs 115, or the like) . In such examples, base station 105 may schedule downlink transmissions over a transmit beam 540 generated by the third panel as indicated by the second alternative report. Although the CQI value of the second alternative report may not be as high as the CQI value of the first alternative report, transmissions using the transmit beam 540 of the second alternative report may be successful without causing self-interference or experiencing interference from other signaling, while transmissions using the transmit beam 540 of the first alternative report may result in interference.
In some examples, CSI report configuration may include an indication of codebook subset restrictions, rank restrictions, beam restrictions, or the like. For example, a base station 105 may determine that some precoders, which may correspond to identified transmission directions, may cause a large amount of interference to neighboring cells. By restricting such directions (e.g., such precoders) such that a UE 115 cannot select those directions, the UE 115 may be forced to select other precoders which may have better inter-cell interference properties. Thus, a base station 105 may configure one or more codebook subset restrictions to indicate to a UE that some precoders in the codebook are not allowed to be selected for CSI reporting (e.g., for a PMI report) . Such precoders may be referred to as forbidden precoders. In some examples, base station 105 may transmit (e.g., in a configuration message including the report quantities, the maximum number of alternative reports, or both, or in a different configuration message) an indication of forbidden precoders. The UE 115 may refrain from generating alternative reports corresponding to precoding instances included in the forbidden precoders.
In some examples, base station 105 may provide to the UE 115 multiple groups of precoding instances (e.g., associated with available beams, not including forbidden precoders) . For each group of precoding instances, the UE 115 may be instructed to report one or more alternative reports. For instance, base station 105 may indicate to UE 115 four sets of four beams. For each set, base station 105 may instruct UE 115 to report one best alternative beam (e.g., one alternative report per group) . UE 115 may select a best beam from each of the four sets of four beams, and may transmit, in the CSI report, four alternative reports (e.g., one best beam for each of the four sets) . A base station 105 may utilize such  information for subsequent scheduling operations. For instance, base station 105 may identify four beams that could be used for downlink transmissions during second slot 510-b (not including any beams that would cause interference during second slot 510-b) , and may identify four beams that could be used for downlink transmissions during third slot 510-c (not including any beams that would cause interference during third slot 510-c) . UE 115 may receive the two sets of beams, and may provide one or more (as instructed by base station 105) alternative reports for each of the two sets. Base station 105 may use the indicated beams to schedule downlink transmissions while avoiding interference during the second slot 510-b and third slot 510-c. In some examples, a UE 115 may determine that none of the precoding instances in a group of precoding instances are useful (e.g., satisfy a CQI threshold) . In such examples, the UE 115 may refrain from including an alternative report for that group of precoding instances.
In some examples, for each set of beams on which UE 115 is instructed to report on, UE 115 may transmit an indication of which group has the highest CQI value. The UE 115 may indicate which of the sets of beams has a beam with the highest CQI value. If the UE 115 takes CSI measurements across multiple CSI RS resources, multiple precoding instances, or both, the UE 115 may determine an average CQI for each set of beams, and indicate which average CQI is highest. Base station 105 may schedule the UE 115 accordingly. For instance, if the first set of beams are available during second slot 510-b and the second set of beams is available during third slot 510-c and UE 115 indicates that the second set of beams has a higher CQI value than the first set of beams, base station 105 may schedule UE 115 for downlink transmissions during third slot 510-c instead of second slot 510-b.
CSI reports may include multiple quantities. Each alternative report in a CSI report may include each measured quantity for respective precoding instances. That is, a CSI report may include CQI, precoding matrix indicator (PMI) , rank indicator (RI) , level indicator (LI) , level one reference signal received power (L1-RSRP) , a CSI-RS resource indicator (CRI) , beam index, or the like. Interpretation of some fields may be deponent on the values in other fields. A CSI report may include a set of fields in a particular (e.g., standardized) order. A single uplink transmission (e.g., on a PUSCH or a PUCCH) may contain multiple reports, which may be arranged according to priority. Priority may be based on periodicity, type, serving cell index, report configuration identifiers, or the like. An  identification of which of the multiple quantities are to be included in a CSI report may be referred to as a report quantity. For example, a first report quantity may indicate no quantities. A second report quantity may indicate that a CSI report is to include CRI, RI, MI, and CQI. A third report quantity may indicate that a CSI report is to include CRI, RI, and IL. A fourth report quantity may indicate that a CSI report is to include CRI, RI, IL, and CQI. A fifth report quantity may indicate that a CSI report is to include CRI, RI, and CQI. A sixth report quantity may indicate that a CSI report is to include CRI and RSRP. A seventh report quantity may indicate that a CSI report is to include an SSB index, and RSRP. An eight report quantity may indicate that a CSI report is to include CRI, RI, LI, PMI, and CQI. A base station may configure the UE 115 with a report quantity. For each alternative report, the UE may determine and report each of the quantities indicated in the report quantity. In some examples, a single configuration message may indicate both the maximum number of alternative reports and the report quantity.
The CSI report may include a first portion and a second portion. The first portions of multiple CSI reports may be collected together, while the second portion of multiple CSI reports may be separately collected and separately encoded. The payload size of the first portion of the CSI report may be fixed based on one or more configuration parameters, while the second portion of the CSI report size may depend on configuration as well as the contents of the first portion. The size of the second portion of a CSI report may be determined by the UE 115 based on a number of coded bits/symbols to be output after encoding and rate matching based on a number of input bits and additional factors. In some examples, the first portion of the CSI report may indicate a number of alternative reports included in the second portion of the CSI report. In some examples, the CSI report may include alternative reports indicated as differential values with respect to a previously reported alternative report. For example, a first alternative report may include various CSI report quantities (e.g., including CQI) . The first CQI values first set precoding instances may be reported using a number of bits required to indicate the CQI value. In a subsequent CSI report, for the same set of precoding instances, CQI values may be reported as a difference between the previous CQI value and the current CQI value. That is, the CQI value in the subsequent CSI report may indicate a change in value (e.g., an increase or decrease in CQI from the previously reported CQI value for each precoding instance) . Reporting differential values may require less bits than repeatedly reporting full values for all indicated reporting quantities. But using less bits,  a UE 115 may be able to omit fewer alternative reports when the CSI report size exceeds the CSI report container size.
FIG. 6 illustrates an example of a priority scheme 600 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. In some examples, priority scheme 600 may implement aspects of  wireless communications systems  100, 200, and 300.
In some examples, a UE 115 may provide multiple alternative reports to a base station 105. That is, as described in greater detail with reference to FIGs. 1-5, the UE 115 may receive one or more CSI-RSs over one or more CSI-RS resources. The base station may transmit CSI-RSs over a variety of transmit beams. For each transmit beam (e.g., for each precoding instance) , the UE 115 may perform one or more CSI measurements and generate multiple alternative reports, as instructed by the base station 105. That is, each report may include one or more elements, such as a PMI, an RI, a beam index, a CQI, a CRI, or the like. Each alternative report may include the indicated elements for each precoding instance (e.g., each transmit beam) . The UE 115 may thus transmit a CSI report to the base station 105 including multiple alternative reports.
In some examples, (e.g., for PUSCH-based CSI reporting and Type II CSI reporting, or the like) , a CSI payload size may vary dramatically depending on an RI selection. Higher RIs may result in larger CSI payload sizes. For example, for Type II reporting, a PMI payload for RI-2 may be nearly double to that of RI=1. Base station 105 may not know what size a CSI payload will be prior to scheduling a CSI report (e.g., an aperiodic CSI report on a PUSCH) . Thus, the base station 105 may allocate resources for the CSI report (e.g., PUSCH resources in frequency and time domains) without any knowledge (e.g., based on historical data, past RI selections, or the like) of the RI selection the UE 115 will make. It is therefore possible that in some examples, a base station 105 may configure a CSI report container that is too small for a CSI report subsequently generated by a UE 115. In such examples, a CSI payload will not fit in the configured CSI report container (e.g., the code rate will be too high to transmit the CSI report within the CSI report container, or un-coded systematic bits will not fit within the CSI report container, or the like) . In such examples a UE 115 may drop the entire CSI report, resulting in wasted resources, lack of CSI information at the base station, decrease in system efficiency, etc. Instead, in some examples,  a UE 115 may drop only a portion of the CSI report, and transmit another portion that may be included in the CSI report container at a useable coding rate. In such examples, at least some CSI information may reach a base station 105, which may improve scheduling efficiency.
The base station may configure the UE to include multiple alternative reports in the CSI report. The UE 115 may determine, based on base station configuration, received CSI-RSs, measurements taken, or the like, a number of alternative reports for a number of precoding instances to include in the CSI report. The information included in the determined alternative reports may exceed the size of the CSI report container. In such examples, the UE 115 may omit at least a portion of the CSI report.
Thus, the UE 115 may order, prioritize, multiplex, or otherwise compile the alternative reports to increase the likelihood that higher prioritized information will be transmitted even if lower prioritized information is omitted. That is, UE 115 may prioritize one or more wideband alternative reports 605, one or more even subband alternative reports 610, and one or more odd subband alternative reports 615, and may order them accordingly within a CSI report container for CSI report 620. If a code rate for transmitting the entire CSI report 620 exceeds a threshold code rate for the CSI report container, then the UE 115 may omit a number of bits (e.g., least significant bits) of the CSI report 620, until the code rate falls below the threshold code rate. If UE 115 has ordered the CSI report 620 according to the priority rules described in greater detail with reference to FIGs. 7-10, such that the least significant bits correspond to lower priority alternative reports, then the UE 115 may omit only lower priority alternative reports and transmit the remainder of higher priority alternative reports. That is, the UE 115 may order the alternative reports such that higher priority alternative reports are located at the beginning of CSI report 620 (e.g., in first portion 625 of CSI report 620) and that lower priority alternative reports are located nearer to the end of CSI report 620 (e.g., in a second portion 630 of CSI report 620) . Thus, if the UE 115 transmits first portion 625 but omits second portion 630 of CSI report 620 due to the size of the configured CSI report container, the UE 115 may transmit higher priority alternative reports despite the omission.
The UE 115 may order the alternative reports within CSI report 620 according to one or more priority rules, as described in greater detail with reference to FIGs. 7-10. In some examples, the priority rules may be standardized and known by the UE 115 and the base  station 105. In some examples, the UE may autonomously select a defined priority rule and use it to order CSI report 620. In some examples, base station 105 may configure the UE 115 with a priority rule for consistent use, may dynamically configure the UE 115 with the priority rules, or may semi-persistently configure the UE 115 to use a priority rule (e.g., for a predetermined or indicated amount of time, or until otherwise configured via additional signaling) . In some examples, the base station 105 may indicate a set of priority rules, or a set of available priority rules may be standardized. In such examples, the base station 105 may indicate a priority rule from the set of configured or standardized priority rules. In any of the above described scenarios, a base station 105 may be aware of the use of prioritization rules or of a specific prioritization rule that is in use. The base station may receive the alternative reports included in CSI report 620, and may determine that alternative reports are higher priority than alternative reports that are located subsequently within CSI report 620 and are lower priority reports than alternative reports located previously within CSI report 620.
In some examples, a UE 115 may order or multiplex alternative reports within CSI report 620 based on preferred beams. For instance, the UE 115 may prioritize an alternative report for a preferred beam (e.g., a first beam having a highest CQI) above an alternative report for a non-preferred beam (e.g., a second beam having a lower CQI than the highest CQI) .
In some examples, a UE 115 may order or multiplex alternative reports within CSI report 620 based on report type, band type, CSI-RS resource (e.g., report numbers) , alternative rank, or the like. For instance, wideband alternative reports may be prioritized before subband alternative reports, even subband alternative reports may be prioritized before odd subband alternative reports, alternative reports associated with a first CSI-RS resource may be prioritized alternative reports associated with a second CSI-RS resource associated with a second CSI-RS resource. Within each alternative report category (e.g., within each set of wideband alternative reports, subband alternative reports, reports corresponding to a first CSI-RS resource or a second CSI-RS resource, or the like) , alternative reports may be prioritized in descending order of CQI.
For example, a priority rule may indicate that a portion of part 2 (e.g., a last portion of part 2) of a CSI report may be omitted if it exceeds the size of a configured CSI report container. The rule may further indicate that, for a first report (e.g., a first CSI-RS  resource) , all wideband CSI precedes all even subband CSI, which precedes all odd subband CSI. The same ordering may then apply, according to the priority rule, to wideband, even subband, and odd subband CSI associated with a second report (e.g., a second CSI-RS resource) .
In some examples, one or more priority rules may indicate priority based on CSI report content. For example, two or more CSI report transmissions may collide (e.g., are scheduled to be simultaneously transmitted) . For instance, a periodic CSI report and an aperiodic CSI report may be scheduled for simultaneously transmission. In such examples, the multiple CSI reports may result in too large a payload size that does not fit in the CSI report container (e.g., due to HARQ-ACK or SR additional being multiplexed) . In such examples some of the CSI-RS reports may be dropped. Priority rules may indicate that CSI reports are prioritized according to time-domain behaviors and physical channels, where dynamic reports have a higher priority than less dynamic reports, PUSCH have higher priority than PUCCH, etc. An aperiodic report may have higher priority than semi-persistent CSI reports over a PUSCH, which may have higher priority than a semi-persistent report on a PUCCH which may have priority over a periodic CSI report. Where multiple reports have the same time-domain behavior and physical channels collide the reports may be prioritized depending on CSI content, where beam reports (e.g., L1-RSRP reporting) may have higher priority than other CSI reports. As CSI reporting may be conditioned on a serving beam, if a beam is not correct the CSI report may not be valuable. If conflicts still occur, then CSI reports may be prioritized based on a report configuration identifier value. In some cases, only a single CSI report may be transmitted. In some cases, multiple PUCCH based CSI reports may collide, and a UE may transmit multiple transmissions (e.g., including multiple alternative CSI reports) over a multi-CSI PUCCH resource, where several CSI reports are multiplexed in case of collisions. In such examples, transmitting multiple CSI reports may be possible without exceeding a maximum UCI code rate.
To ensure that highest priority alternative reports are transmitted even in the case where the CSI report container is not large enough for all generated alternative reports, a UE 115 may order the alternative reports according to one or more priority rules. Ordering and prioritization schemes are described in greater detail with reference to FIGs. 7-10.
FIG. 7 illustrates an example of a priority scheme 700 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. In some examples, priority scheme 700 may implement aspects of  wireless communications systems  100, 200, and 300.
In some examples, UE 115 may order one or more alternative reports in a CSI report such that wideband alternative reports are prioritized over subband alternative reports and alternative reports associated with a first CSI-RS resource are prioritized over alternative reports associated with a second CSI-RS resource.
In some examples, UE 115 may generate CSI report 705. CSI report 705 may include wideband alternative reports 710, even subband alternative reports 720, and odd subband alternative reports 725 associated with a first CSI-RS resources. Additionally, CSI report 705 may include wideband alternative reports 715, even subband alternative reports 730 and odd subband alternative reports 735 associated with a second CSI-RS resource. In some examples, UE 115 may prioritize wideband alternative reports over subband alternative reports. For example, wideband alternative reports 710 and wideband alternative reports 715 may be prioritized over even subband alternative reports 720 and odd subband alternative reports 725, respectively, and even subband alternative reports 730 and odd subband alternative reports 735. Moreover, for each category of alternative reports (e.g. for each group of wideband alternative reports or subband alternative reports) , UE 115 may prioritize alternative reports associated with the first CSI-RS resource over alternative reports associated with the second CSI-RS resource. For example, wideband alternative reports 710 may be prioritized over wideband alternative reports 715.
In some examples, UE 115 may transmit, to base station 105, a set of alternative reports for each CSI-RS resource. For examples, UE 115 may generate a CSI report 705 with three wideband alternative reports 710-a, 710-b, and 710-c associated with first CSI-RS resource, three even subband alternative reports 720-a, 720-b, and 720-c associated with first CSI-RS resource, and three even subband alternative reports 725-a, 725-b, and 725-c associated with first CSI-RS resource based on a measurement taken with respect to a CSI-RS received during a first resource. Similarly, UE 115 may generate a CSI report with three wideband alternative reports 715-a, 715-b, and 715-c, three even subband alternative reports 730-a, 730-b, and 730-c and three even subband alternative reports 735-a, 735-b, and 735-c  associated with the second CSI-RS resource. According to the priority scheme 700, UE 115 may prioritize the wideband alternative reports 710 associated with the first CSI-RS resource over the wideband alternative reports 715 associated with the second CSI-RS resource, and may prioritize wideband alternative report 715 associated with the second CSI-RS resource over even subband alternative reports 720 and odd subband alternative reports 725 associated with the first CSI-RS resource. The UE may further prioritize even subband alternative reports 720 and odd subband alternative reports 725 associated with the first CSI-RS resource over even subband alternative report 730 and odd subband alternative report 735 associated with the second CSI-RS resource.
As described in reference to FIG. 6, UE 115-a may prioritize the multiple alternative reports for each CSI-RS resource in descending order of CQI value. For example, wideband alternative report 710-a may have a larger CQI value than wideband alternative report 710-b which may have a CQI value that is larger than CQI value of wideband alternative report 710-c. In such example, UE 115 may order the alternative reports such that wideband alternative report 710-a is prioritized over wideband alternative report 710-b and wideband alternative report 710-b is prioritized over wideband alternative report 710-c. Similarly, alternative reports in other categories may be ordered in descending order of CQI values. Wideband alternative report 715-a may come before wideband alternative report 715-b which may come before wideband alternative report 715-c. Even subband alternative report 720-a and odd subband alternative report 725-a may take priority over even subband alternative report 720-b and odd subband alternative report 725-b which may take priority over even subband alternative reports 720-c and odd subband alternative reports 725-c. Even subband alternative reports 730-a and odd subband alternative reports 735-a may come before even subband alternative reports 730-b and odd subband alternative reports 735-b which may take priority over even subband alternative reports 730-c and odd subband alternative reports 735-c.
FIG. 8 illustrates an example of a priority scheme 800 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. In some examples, priority scheme 800 may implement aspects of  wireless communications systems  100, 200, and 300.
In some examples, UE 115 may order one or more alternative reports in a CSI report such that wideband alternative reports are prioritized over subband alternative reports and alternative reports associated with a first CSI-RS resource are prioritized over alternative reports associated with a second CSI-RS resource.
In some examples, UE 115 may generate CSI report 805. CSI report 805 may include wideband alternative reports 810, even subband alternative reports 820 and odd subband alternative report 825 associated with a first CSI-RS resources. Additionally, CSI report 805 may include wideband alternative reports 815, even subband alternative reports 830 and odd subband alternative reports 835 associated with a second CSI-RS resource. In some examples, UE 115 may prioritize alternative reports associated with the first CSI-RS resource over alternative reports associated with the second CSI-RS resource. For example, wideband alternative report 810 and even subband alternative reports 820 and odd subband alternative reports 825 may take priority over wideband alternative report 815 and odd subband alternative reports 830 and odd subband alternative reports 835. Additionally, for each CSI-RS resource, UE 115 may prioritize wideband alternative reports over subband alternative reports. For example, wideband alternative report 810 may take priority over even alternative subband 820 or odd alternative subband 825.
In some examples, UE 115 may indicate, to base station 105, multiple alternative reports for each CSI-RS resource. For examples, UE 115 may generate a CSI report 805 with three wideband alternative reports 810-a, 810-b, and 810-c, three even subband alternative reports 820-a, 820-b, and 820-c and three odd subband alternative reports 825-a, 825-b, and 825-c based on a measurement taken with respect to a CSI-RS received during a first resource. Similarly, UE 115 may generate a CSI report with three wideband alternative reports 815-a, 815-b, and 815-c, three even subband alternative reports 830-a, 830-b, and 830-c and three odd subband alternative reports 835-a, 835-b, and 835-c associated with the second CSI-RS resource. According to the priority scheme 800, UE 115 may prioritize the wideband alternative reports 810 over even subband alternative reports 820 and odd subband alternative reports 825 and may prioritize even subband alternative reports 820 and odd subband alternative reports 825 over wideband alternative reports 815. UE 115 may further prioritize wideband alternative reports 815 over even subband alternative reports 830 and odd subband alternative reports 835.
As described in reference to FIG. 6, UE 115-a may prioritize the alternative reports for each CSI-RS resource in descending order of CQI values. For example, wideband alternative report 810-a may have a larger CQI value than wideband alternative report 810-b which may have a larger CQI value than wideband alternative report 810-c. In such example, UE 115 may order the alternative reports such that wideband alternative report 810-ais prioritized over wideband alternative report 810-b and wideband alternative report 810-b is prioritized over first CSI resource wideband alternative report 810-c. Similarly, alternative reports in other categories (e.g., wideband alternative reports, even and odd subband alternative reports associated with different CSI-RS resources) may also be prioritized in order of descending CQI values.
FIG. 9 illustrates an example of a priority scheme 900 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. In some examples, priority scheme 900 may implement aspects of  wireless communications systems  100, 200, and 300.
UE 115 may order one or more alternative reports in a CSI report such that a best alternative (e.g., alternative report having a highest CQI value) for each CSI-RS is prioritized over other alternative reports having lower CQI values. In some examples of priority scheme 900, wideband alternative reports are prioritized over subband alternative reports, alternative reports associated with a first CSI-RS resource are prioritized over alternative reports associated with a second CSI-RS resource, and alternative reports with highest CQI values associated with each CSI-RS resource are prioritized over alternative reports with lower CQI values associated with each CSI-RS resource.
In some examples, UE 115 may generate CSI report 805. CSI report 805 may include wideband alternative reports 910, even subband alternative report 920 and odd subband alternative report 925 associated with a first CSI-RS resources. Additionally, CSI report 905 may include wideband alternative report 915, even subband alternative report 930 and odd subband alternative report 935 associated with a second CSI-RS resource. In some examples, UE 115 may prioritize alternative reports with high CQI values associated with each CSI-RS resource over alternative reports with lower CQI values associated with each CSI-RS resource. IN such examples, UE 115 may multiplex alterantive reports associated with different CSI-RS values together, and prioritize them over alterantive reports for the  differnet CSI-RS resources that have lower CQI values. For instnace, wideband alternative report 910-a having a higher CQI value than wideband alternative report 910-b and wideband alternative report 915-a having a higher CQI value than wideband alternative report 915-b, may take priority over wideband alternative report 910-b and wideband alternative report 915-b, respectively. UE 115 may also prioritize wideband alternative reports over subband alternative reports. For example, wideband  alternative reports  910 and 915 may take priority over even subband  alternative reports  920 and 930 and odd subband  alternative reports  925, and 935. In some examples, UE 115 may also prioritize alternative reports associated with the first CSI-RS resource over alternative reports associated with the second CSI-RS resource. For example, wideband alternative report 910-a associated with the first CSI-RS resource may take priority over wideband alternative report 915-a associated with the second CSI-RS resource.
In some examples, UE 115 may indicate, to base station 105, multiple alternative reports for each CSI-RS resource. For examples, UE 115 may generate a CSI report 905 with three wideband alternative reports 910-a, 910-b, and 910-c, three even subband alternative reports 920-a, 920-b, and 920-c and three odd subband alternative reports 925-a, 925-b, and 925-c based on a measurement taken with respect to a CSI-RS received during a first resource. Similarly, UE 115 may generate a CSI report with three wideband alternative reports 915-a, 915-b, and 915-c, three even subband alternative reports 930-a, 930-b, and 930-c and three odd subband alternative reports 935-a, 935-b, and 935-c associated with the second CSI-RS resource. According to the priority scheme 900, UE 115 may prioritize wideband  alternative reports  910 and 915 having the highest CQI values over even subband alternative reports 920 and odd subband alternative reports 925.
As described above, UE 115 may prioritize alternative reports with high CQI values associated with each CSI-RS resource over alternative reports with lower CQI values associated with each CSI-RS resource. For example, wideband alternative report 910-a may have a larger CQI value than wideband alternative report 910-b which may be larger than the CQI value of wideband alternative report 910-c, and wideband alternative report 915-a may have a larger CQI value than wideband alternative report 915-b-a which may be larger than the CQI value of wideband alternative report 915-c. In such examples, UE 115 may order the alternative reports such that wideband alternative reports 910-a and 915-a are prioritized over wideband alternative report 910-b and 915-b which are prioritized over wideband alternative  reports 910-c and 915-c. Similarly, alternative reports in other categories (i.e. collection of subband alternative reports) may be ordered in descending order of CQI values.
FIG. 10 illustrates an example of a priority scheme 1000 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. In some examples, priority scheme 1000 may implement aspects of  wireless communications systems  100, 200, and 300.
n some examples, UE 115 may order one or more alternative reports in one or more CSI reports such that wideband alternative reports are prioritized over subband alternative reports and alternative reports associated with a first CSI-RS resource are prioritized over alternative reports associated with a second CSI-RS resource.
In some examples, UE 115 may generate CSI reports 1005-a, 1005-b, and 1005-c. CSI reports 1005-a, 1005-b, and 1005-c may include wideband alternative report 1010, even subband alternative reports 1020, and odd subband alternative reports 1025 associated with a first CSI-RS resource. Additionally, CSI reports 1005-a, 1005-b, and 1005-c may include wideband alternative reports 1015, even subband alternative reports 1030 and odd subband alternative reports 1035 associated with a second CSI-RS resource. In some examples, UE 115 may prioritize the alternative report with the highest CQI values for each CSI-RS resource over alternative reports for the CSI-RS resources with lower CQI values. UE 115 may also prioritize highest CQI wideband alternative reports over highest CQI subband alternative reports. For example, wideband alternative reports 1010-a and wideband alternative reports 1015-b may be prioritized over even subband alternative report 1020-a and odd subband alternative report 1025-a and even subband alternative report 1030-a and odd subband alternative report 1035-a. But any of the subband alternative reports having a highest CQI value may be prioritized over wideband alternative report 910-b (with a lower CQI value than the CQI value of wideband alternative report 910-a) .
In some examples, UE 115 may order highest priority (e.g., having the highest CQI values) alternative reports of each kind (e.g., wideband, even subband, odd subband, etc. ) for each CSI-RS, before reporting lower priority (e.g., having lower CQI values) alternative reports of each kind for the same set of CSI-RSs. For examples, UE 115 may identify a wideband alternative reports for each CSI-RS alternative having the highest CQI value of the wideband alternative reports (e.g., wideband alternative report 1010-a and  wideband alternative report 1015-a) , the even and odd subband alternative reports for the first CSI-RS that have the highest CQI value (e.g., even subband alternative report 1020-a and odd subband alternative report 1025-a associated with the first CSI-RS) , and even and odd subband alternative reports for the second CSI-RS resource that have the highest CQI values (e.g., even subband alternative report 1030-a and odd subband alternative report 1035-aassociated with the second CSI-RS) . Because of the highest CQI values of these identified alternative reports, UE 115 may multiplex these alternative reports from different CSI-RS resources and order them at the beginning of the CSI report 705. In some examples, where more than two CSI-RS resources are monitored, UE 115 may order alternative reports that have the highest CQI values subsequent to odd subband alternative report 1035, prior to wideband alternative report 1010-b (which has a lower CQI value than wideband alternative report 1010-a. Having ordered alternative reports having the highest CQI value in every category for every CSI-RS resource measured, UE 115 may then order alternative reports having a next highest CQI value as follows: wideband alternative report 1010-b, wideband alternative report 1015-b, even subband alternative report 1020-b, odd subband alternative report 1025-b, even subband alternative report 1030-b, and odd subband alternative report 1035-c. Having ordered alternative reports having the second highest CQI value in every category for every CSI-RS resource measured, UE 115 may then order alternative reports having a third highest CQI value as follows: wideband alternative report 1010-c, wideband alternative report 1015-c, even subband alternative report 1020-c, odd subband alternative report 1025-c, even subband alternative report 1030-c, and odd subband alternative report 1035-c.
FIG. 11 illustrates an example of a process flow 1100 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. In some examples, process flow 1100 may implement aspects of  wireless communications systems  100, 200, and 300. Process flow 1100 may include a base station 105-d and a UE 115-e, which may be examples of corresponding devices described with reference to FIGs. 1-3.
In some aspects, process flow 1200 illustrates one example where UE 115-e includes two or more alternative reports in a CSI report transmitted to base station 105-d and base station 105-d utilizes the alternative reports for beam selection in an effort to avoid self-interference.
At 1105, UE 115-e may receive, and base station 105-d, may transmit a configuration for reporting a CSI report associated with measurements of one CSI RS. In some examples, the CSI report may report CSI for a first CSI-RS resource and a second CSI-RS resource. In some examples, the configuration message may include an indication of the maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report. In some examples, the configuration message may include instructions to include, in each alternative report, a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator, a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof. In some examples the configuration message may include an indication of one or more subsets of precoding instances, where one alternative beam report is to be provided per subset, and the CSI report may be transmitted to include one alternative report per subset. In such examples, each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances is associated with at least one beam index, at least one channel state information reference signal resource indicator, at least one channel quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof. The at least one precoding matrix indicator may include a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof. In some examples, one or more of the alternative reports may include a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report
At 1110, UE 115-e may identify a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the CSI report. Each of the alternative reports may be associated with a different precoding instance of the CSI RS resource.
At 1115, In some examples, UE 115-e may populate a CSI report container for a CSI report with a plurality of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the plurality of alternative reports are prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report. In some examples, UE 115-e may prioritize the alternative reports according to one or more priority rules. In some examples, UE 115-e may prioritize the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report. The UE 115-e may prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, may prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel  state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report; and may prioritize, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
In some examples, UE 115-e may determine that a size of a container for the channel state information report is not large enough for a set of alternative reports including the plurality of the alternative reports, and may select, from the set of the alternative reports based at least in part on the size of the container, the plurality of alternative reports, wherein transmitting the channel state information report to the base station is based at least in part on selecting the plurality of the alternative reports. In some examples, UE 115-e may determine a threshold CQI value, and may select, from a set of the alternative reports including the plurality of the alternative reports, the plurality of alternative reports that satisfy the identified threshold channel quality value, wherein transmitting the channel state information report to the base station is based at least in part on selecting the plurality of the alternative reports.
In some examples, UE 115-e may prioritize, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report. UE 115-e may prioritize after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, may prioritize after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and may prioritize after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
In some examples, UE 115-e may multiplex, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and may multiplex after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or  more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
UE 115-e may multiplex within the channel state information container, a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and may multiplex after the highest priority alternatives, successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
At 1120, UE 115-e may transmit, and base station 105-d may receive, the CSI report including the CSI report container. The CSI report may include the set of alternative reports. In some examples, the CSI report may contain a set of one or more alternative wideband reports and a set of one or more alternative subband reports. In some example, the alternative wideband reports may take priority over the alternative subband reports. For example, an alternative wideband report may come before an alternative subband report in the CSI container. In some examples, the plurality of alternative reports may include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports associated with a first CSI RS. Additionally, the plurality of alternative reports may include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports associated with a second CSI-RS resource.
In some examples, UE 115-e may prioritize the alternative reports based on priority rules. For example, the priority rules may of the channel state information report, the plurality of the alternative reports.
At 1125 base station 105 may select a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the plurality of alternative reports included within the CSI report. In some examples, UE 115-e may transmit in a first portion of the channel state information  report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the plurality of the alternative reports, and may transmit, in a second portion
At 1130 BS may communicate with UE 115-e using the selected transmit beam.
FIG. 12 illustrates an example of a process flow 1200 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. In some examples, process flow 1200 may implement aspects of  wireless communications systems  100, 200, and 300. Process flow 1200 may include a base station 105-e and a UE 115-f, which may be examples of corresponding devices described with reference to FIGs. 1-3.
In some examples, base station 105-e may indicate, to UE 115-f, one or more subsets of precoding instances. In some examples, precoding instances may be associated with the different beams UE 115-f and 105-e may use for uplink and downlink communications. In some examples, the subset of precoding instances identified by 105-e may include precoder instances that the BS has identified as usable during scheduled uplink and downlink transmissions. For example, the BS may know that one or more subsets of precoder instances will not cause interference during scheduled uplink and downlink transmissions.
At 1205, 105-e may transmit, and UE 115-f may receive, a configuration message for reporting a CSI report associated with measurements of a CSI-RS resource. In some examples, the configuration may indicate that different precoding instances of a CSI-RS resource are grouped into one or more subsets.
At 1210, base station 105-e may transmit, and UE 115-f may receive, one or more CSI-RSs.
At 1215, UE 115-f may identify, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of a CSI-RS resources are grouped into one or more subsets. UE 115-f may perform one or more measurements on the CSI-RSs received at 1210. UE 115-f may determine which of the subsets of precoding instances has a highest CQI value. In some examples, determining which of the subsets of precoding instances has the highest CQI value may include determining which subset of precoding instances includes a precoding instance having a CQI value than any other precoding instance in any of the subsets of precoding instances. In some  examples, determining which of the subsets of precoding instances has the highest CQI value may include determining which subset of precoding instances has a highest average CQI value across multiple instances of the CSI-RS resource.
At 1220, UE 115-f may transmit, and 105-e may receive, a CSI report. The CSI report may indicate which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
At 1225, 105-e may transmit one or more downlink messages to UE 115-f using a transmit beam associated with the subset of precoding instance indicated by UE 115-f in the CSI report.
FIG. 13 shows a block diagram 1300 of a device 1305 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The device 1305 may be an example of aspects of a UE 115 as described herein. The device 1305 may include a receiver 1310, a communications manager 1315, and a transmitter 1320. The device 1305 may also include a processor. Each of these components may be in communication with one another (e.g., via one or more buses) .
The receiver 1310 may receive information such as packets, user data, or control information associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, and information related to reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities for a full duplex base station, etc. ) . Information may be passed on to other components of the device 1305. The receiver 1310 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1620 described with reference to FIG. 16. The receiver 1310 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
The communications manager 1315 may receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource, identify, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, and transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a set of the alternative reports. The communications manager 1315 may also receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, identify, from the configuration, that  different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, and transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement. The communications manager 1315 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 1610 described herein.
The communications manager 1315, or its sub-components, may be implemented in hardware, code (e.g., software or firmware) executed by a processor, or any combination thereof. If implemented in code executed by a processor, the functions of the communications manager 1315, or its sub-components may be executed by a general-purpose processor, a DSP, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) , a FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof designed to perform the functions described in the present disclosure.
The communications manager 1315, or its sub-components, may be physically located at various positions, including being distributed such that portions of functions are implemented at different physical locations by one or more physical components. In some examples, the communications manager 1315, or its sub-components, may be a separate and distinct component in accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure. In some examples, the communications manager 1315, or its sub-components, may be combined with one or more other hardware components, including but not limited to an input/output (I/O) component, a transceiver, a network server, another computing device, one or more other components described in the present disclosure, or a combination thereof in accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure.
The transmitter 1320 may transmit signals generated by other components of the device 1305. In some examples, the transmitter 1320 may be collocated with a receiver 1310 in a transceiver module. For example, the transmitter 1320 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1620 described with reference to FIG. 16. The transmitter 1320 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
FIG. 14 shows a block diagram 1400 of a device 1405 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The device 1405 may be an example of aspects of a device 1305, or a UE 115 as described herein. The device 1405 may include a receiver 1410, a  communications manager 1415, and a transmitter 1440. The device 1405 may also include a processor. Each of these components may be in communication with one another (e.g., via one or more buses) .
The receiver 1410 may receive information such as packets, user data, or control information associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, and information related to reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities for a full duplex base station, etc. ) . Information may be passed on to other components of the device 1405. The receiver 1410 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1620 described with reference to FIG. 16. The receiver 1410 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
The communications manager 1415 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 1315 as described herein. The communications manager 1415 may include a CSI report configuration manager 1420, an alternative report manager 1425, a CSI report manager 1430, and a precoding instance manager 1435. The communications manager 1415 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 1610 described herein.
The CSI report configuration manager 1420 may receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource.
The alternative report manager 1425 may identify, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource.
The CSI report manager 1430 may transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a set of the alternative reports.
The CSI report configuration manager 1420 may receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource.
The precoding instance manager 1435 may identify, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets.
The CSI report manager 1430 may transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
The transmitter 1440 may transmit signals generated by other components of the device 1405. In some examples, the transmitter 1440 may be collocated with a receiver 1410 in a transceiver module. For example, the transmitter 1440 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1620 described with reference to FIG. 16. The transmitter 1440 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
FIG. 15 shows a block diagram 1500 of a communications manager 1505 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The communications manager 1505 may be an example of aspects of a communications manager 1315, a communications manager 1415, or a communications manager 1610 described herein. The communications manager 1505 may include a CSI report configuration manager 1510, an alternative report manager 1515, a CSI report manager 1520, a CSI container manager 1525, a report prioritization manager 1530, a report multiplexing manager 1535, a precoding instance manager 1540, and a channel quality manager 1545. Each of these modules may communicate, directly or indirectly, with one another (e.g., via one or more buses) .
The CSI report configuration manager 1510 may receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource. In some examples, the CSI report configuration manager 1510 may receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource. In some cases, the configuration is for reporting at least a first channel state information report associated with measurements of a first channel state information reference signal resource and a second channel state information report associated with measurements of a second channel state information reference signal resource, where the set of alternative reports includes the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report,  and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
In some cases, the configuration for reporting the channel state information report includes an indication of the maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report. In some cases, the configuration for reporting the channel state information report includes instructions to include, in each alternative report, a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator, a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
The alternative report manager 1515 may identify, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource. In some examples, the alternative report manager 1515 may identify a threshold channel quality value. In some examples, the alternative report manager 1515 may select, from a set of the alternative reports including the set of the alternative reports, the set of alternative reports that satisfy the identified threshold channel quality value, where transmitting the channel state information report to the base station is based on selecting the set of the alternative reports. In some cases, one or more of the alternative reports include a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report.
The CSI report manager 1520 may transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a set of the alternative reports. In some examples, the CSI report manager 1520 may transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement. In some examples, the CSI report manager 1520 may transmit, in a first portion of the channel state information report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the set of the alternative reports. In some examples, the CSI report manager 1520 may transmit, in a second portion of the channel state information report, the set of the alternative reports.
The precoding instance manager 1540 may identify, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets. In some examples, the precoding instance manager 1540  may identify, from the configuration, one or more subsets of precoding instances, where one alternative beam report is to be provided per subset, and where. In some cases, the channel state information report that is transmitted to the base station includes one alternative report per subset. In some cases, each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances is associated with at least one beam index, at least one channel state information reference signal resource indicator, at least one channel quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof. In some cases, the at least one precoding matrix indicator includes a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof. In some cases, each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances has at least one element that is not common with remaining precoding instances of a corresponding subset of precoding instances.
The CSI container manager 1525 may populate a channel state information container with the set of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the set of alternative reports are prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report. In some examples, the CSI container manager 1525 may transmit the channel state information container to the base station, where the set of alternative reports include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports. In some examples, the CSI container manager 1525 may determine that a size of a container for the channel state information report is not large enough for a set of alternative reports including the set of the alternative reports. In some examples, the CSI container manager 1525 may select, from the set of the alternative reports based on the size of the container, the set of alternative reports, where transmitting the channel state information report to the base station is based on selecting the set of the alternative reports.
The report prioritization manager 1530 may prioritize, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the channel state information report. In some examples, the report prioritization manager 1530 may prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports, the one or more alternative subband beam reports. In some examples, the report prioritization manager 1530 may prioritize, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report. In some examples, the report  prioritization manager 1530 may prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report. In some examples, the report prioritization manager 1530 may prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report.
In some examples, the report prioritization manager 1530 may prioritize, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report. In some examples, the report prioritization manager 1530 may prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report. In some examples, the report prioritization manager 1530 may prioritize, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report. In some examples, the report prioritization manager 1530 may prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
The report multiplexing manager 1535 may multiplex, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report. In some examples, the report multiplexing manager 1535 may multiplex, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report. In some examples, the report multiplexing manager 1535 may multiplex, within the channel state information container, a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative  subband beam reports of the second channel state information report. In some examples, the report multiplexing manager 1535 may multiplex, after the highest priority alternatives, successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
The channel quality manager 1545 may determine that the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes an instance of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to the highest channel quality measurement. In some examples, the channel quality manager 1545 may determine that the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes a set of instances of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to a highest average channel quality measurement.
FIG. 16 shows a diagram of a system 1600 including a device 1605 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The device 1605 may be an example of or include the components of device 1305, device 1405, or a UE 115 as described herein. The device 1605 may include components for bi-directional voice and data communications including components for transmitting and receiving communications, including a communications manager 1610, an I/O controller 1615, a transceiver 1620, an antenna 1625, memory 1630, and a processor 1640. These components may be in electronic communication via one or more buses (e.g., bus 1645) .
The communications manager 1610 may receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource, identify, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, and transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a set of the alternative reports. The communications manager 1610 may also receive, from a base station, a  configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, identify, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, and transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
The I/O controller 1615 may manage input and output signals for the device 1605. The I/O controller 1615 may also manage peripherals not integrated into the device 1605. In some cases, the I/O controller 1615 may represent a physical connection or port to an external peripheral. In some cases, the I/O controller 1615 may utilize an operating system such as 
Figure PCTCN2020082492-appb-000005
or another known operating system. In other cases, the I/O controller 1615 may represent or interact with a modem, a keyboard, a mouse, a touchscreen, or a similar device. In some cases, the I/O controller 1615 may be implemented as part of a processor. In some cases, a user may interact with the device 1605 via the I/O controller 1615 or via hardware components controlled by the I/O controller 1615.
The transceiver 1620 may communicate bi-directionally, via one or more antennas, wired, or wireless links as described above. For example, the transceiver 1620 may represent a wireless transceiver and may communicate bi-directionally with another wireless transceiver. The transceiver 1620 may also include a modem to modulate the packets and provide the modulated packets to the antennas for transmission, and to demodulate packets received from the antennas.
In some cases, the wireless device may include a single antenna 1625. However, in some cases the device may have more than one antenna 1625, which may be capable of concurrently transmitting or receiving multiple wireless transmissions.
The memory 1630 may include RAM and ROM. The memory 1630 may store computer-readable, computer-executable code 1635 including instructions that, when executed, cause the processor to perform various functions described herein. In some cases, the memory 1630 may contain, among other things, a BIOS which may control basic hardware or software operation such as the interaction with peripheral components or devices.
The processor 1640 may include an intelligent hardware device, (e.g., a general-purpose processor, a DSP, a CPU, a microcontroller, an ASIC, an FPGA, a programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic component, a discrete hardware component, or any combination thereof) . In some cases, the processor 1640 may be configured to operate a memory array using a memory controller. In other cases, a memory controller may be integrated into the processor 1640. The processor 1640 may be configured to execute computer-readable instructions stored in a memory (e.g., the memory 1630) to cause the device 1605 to perform various functions (e.g., functions or tasks supporting reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities for a full duplex base station) .
The code 1635 may include instructions to implement aspects of the present disclosure, including instructions to support wireless communications. The code 1635 may be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable medium such as system memory or other type of memory. In some cases, the code 1635 may not be directly executable by the processor 1640 but may cause a computer (e.g., when compiled and executed) to perform functions described herein.
FIG. 17 shows a block diagram 1700 of a device 1705 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The device 1705 may be an example of aspects of a base station 105 as described herein. The device 1705 may include a receiver 1710, a communications manager 1715, and a transmitter 1720. The device 1705 may also include a processor. Each of these components may be in communication with one another (e.g., via one or more buses) .
The receiver 1710 may receive information such as packets, user data, or control information associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, and information related to reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities for a full duplex base station, etc. ) . Information may be passed on to other components of the device 1705. The receiver 1710 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 2020 described with reference to FIG. 20. The receiver 1710 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
The communications manager 1715 may transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, receive, from the UE based on the configuration, the channel state information report including a set of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource, select, based on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the set of alternative reports, and communicate with the UE using the selected transmit beam. The communications manager 1715 may also transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, receive the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement, and communicate with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset. The communications manager 1715 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 2010 described herein.
The communications manager 1715, or its sub-components, may be implemented in hardware, code (e.g., software or firmware) executed by a processor, or any combination thereof. If implemented in code executed by a processor, the functions of the communications manager 1715, or its sub-components may be executed by a general-purpose processor, a DSP, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) , a FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof designed to perform the functions described in the present disclosure.
The communications manager 1715, or its sub-components, may be physically located at various positions, including being distributed such that portions of functions are implemented at different physical locations by one or more physical components. In some examples, the communications manager 1715, or its sub-components, may be a separate and distinct component in accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure. In some examples, the communications manager 1715, or its sub-components, may be combined with one or more other hardware components, including but not limited to an input/output (I/O)  component, a transceiver, a network server, another computing device, one or more other components described in the present disclosure, or a combination thereof in accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure.
The transmitter 1720 may transmit signals generated by other components of the device 1705. In some examples, the transmitter 1720 may be collocated with a receiver 1710 in a transceiver module. For example, the transmitter 1720 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 2020 described with reference to FIG. 20. The transmitter 1720 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
FIG. 18 shows a block diagram 1800 of a device 1805 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The device 1805 may be an example of aspects of a device 1705, or a base station 105 as described herein. The device 1805 may include a receiver 1810, a communications manager 1815, and a transmitter 1835. The device 1805 may also include a processor. Each of these components may be in communication with one another (e.g., via one or more buses) .
The receiver 1810 may receive information such as packets, user data, or control information associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, and information related to reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities for a full duplex base station, etc. ) . Information may be passed on to other components of the device 1805. The receiver 1810 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 2020 described with reference to FIG. 20. The receiver 1810 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
The communications manager 1815 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 1715 as described herein. The communications manager 1815 may include a CSI report configuration manager 1820, a CSI report manager 1825, and a beam manager 1830. The communications manager 1815 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 2010 described herein.
The CSI report configuration manager 1820 may transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including a  maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report.
The CSI report manager 1825 may receive, from the UE based on the configuration, the channel state information report including a set of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource.
The beam manager 1830 may select, based on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the set of alternative reports and communicate with the UE using the selected transmit beam.
The CSI report configuration manager 1820 may transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets.
The CSI report manager 1825 may receive the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
The beam manager 1830 may communicate with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset.
The transmitter 1835 may transmit signals generated by other components of the device 1805. In some examples, the transmitter 1835 may be collocated with a receiver 1810 in a transceiver module. For example, the transmitter 1835 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 2020 described with reference to FIG. 20. The transmitter 1835 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
FIG. 19 shows a block diagram 1900 of a communications manager 1905 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The communications manager 1905 may be an example of aspects of a communications manager 1715, a communications manager 1815, or a communications manager 2010 described herein. The communications manager 1905 may include a CSI report configuration manager 1910, a CSI report manager 1915, a  beam manager 1920, a CSI container manager 1925, a report prioritization manager 1930, a report multiplexing manager 1935, a precoding instance manager 1940, an alternative report manager 1945, and a channel quality manager 1950. Each of these modules may communicate, directly or indirectly, with one another (e.g., via one or more buses) .
The CSI report configuration manager 1910 may transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report. In some examples, the CSI report configuration manager 1910 may transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets. In some cases, the configuration is for reporting at least a first channel state information report associated with measurements of a first channel state information reference signal resource and a second channel state information report associated with measurements of a second channel state information reference signal resource, where the set of alternative reports includes the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report. In some cases, the configuration for reporting the channel state information report includes instructions to include, in each alternative report, a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator, a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
The CSI report manager 1915 may receive, from the UE based on the configuration, the channel state information report including a set of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource. In some examples, the CSI report manager 1915 may receive the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement. In some examples, the CSI report manager 1915 may receive, in a first portion of the channel state  information report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the set of the alternative reports. In some examples, the CSI report manager 1915 may receive, in a second portion of the channel state information report, the set of the alternative reports.
The beam manager 1920 may select, based on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the set of alternative reports.
In some examples, the beam manager 1920 may communicate with the UE using the selected transmit beam. In some examples, the beam manager 1920 may communicate with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset.
The CSI container manager 1925 may receive a channel state information container that is populated with the set of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the set of alternative reports are prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report, where the set of alternative reports include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports.
The report prioritization manager 1930 may receive alternative reports where, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports.
In some examples, the report prioritization manager 1930 may receive alternative reports where, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report. In some examples, the report prioritization manager 1930 may receive alternative reports where, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more  alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
The report multiplexing manager 1935 may receive alternative reports where, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are multiplexed with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and after the multiplexed one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are multiplexed with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report. In some cases, a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report, are multiplexed within the channel state information container, and where successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report, are multiplexed after the highest priority alternatives.
The precoding instance manager 1940 may transmit the configuration, where the configuration is indicative of one or more subsets of precoding instances, and where one alternative beam report is to be provided per subset, and where the channel state information report that is received from the UE includes one alternative report per subset. In some cases, each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances is associated with at least one beam index, at least one channel state information reference signal resource indicator, at least one channel quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix  indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof. In some cases, the at least one precoding matrix indicator includes a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof. In some cases, each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances has at least one element that is not common with remaining precoding instances of a corresponding subset of precoding instances.
The alternative report manager 1945 may receive alternative reports, where one or more of the alternative reports include a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report.
The channel quality manager 1950 may determine that the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes an instance of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to the highest channel quality measurement. In some cases, the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes a set of instances of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to a highest average channel quality measurement.
FIG. 20 shows a diagram of a system 2000 including a device 2005 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The device 2005 may be an example of or include the components of device 1705, device 1805, or a base station 105 as described herein. The device 2005 may include components for bi-directional voice and data communications including components for transmitting and receiving communications, including a communications manager 2010, a network communications manager 2015, a transceiver 2020, an antenna 2025, memory 2030, a processor 2040, and an inter-station communications manager 2045. These components may be in electronic communication via one or more buses (e.g., bus 2050) .
The communications manager 2010 may transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, receive, from the UE based on the configuration, the channel state information report including a set of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel  state information reference signal resource, select, based on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the set of alternative reports, and communicate with the UE using the selected transmit beam. The communications manager 2010 may also transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets, receive the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement, and communicate with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset.
The network communications manager 2015 may manage communications with the core network (e.g., via one or more wired backhaul links) . For example, the network communications manager 2015 may manage the transfer of data communications for client devices, such as one or more UEs 115.
The transceiver 2020 may communicate bi-directionally, via one or more antennas, wired, or wireless links as described above. For example, the transceiver 2020 may represent a wireless transceiver and may communicate bi-directionally with another wireless transceiver. The transceiver 2020 may also include a modem to modulate the packets and provide the modulated packets to the antennas for transmission, and to demodulate packets received from the antennas.
In some cases, the wireless device may include a single antenna 2025. However, in some cases the device may have more than one antenna 2025, which may be capable of concurrently transmitting or receiving multiple wireless transmissions.
The memory 2030 may include RAM, ROM, or a combination thereof. The memory 2030 may store computer-readable code 2035 including instructions that, when executed by a processor (e.g., the processor 2040) cause the device to perform various functions described herein. In some cases, the memory 2030 may contain, among other things, a BIOS which may control basic hardware or software operation such as the interaction with peripheral components or devices.
The processor 2040 may include an intelligent hardware device, (e.g., a general-purpose processor, a DSP, a CPU, a microcontroller, an ASIC, an FPGA, a programmable  logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic component, a discrete hardware component, or any combination thereof) . In some cases, the processor 2040 may be configured to operate a memory array using a memory controller. In some cases, a memory controller may be integrated into processor 2040. The processor 2040 may be configured to execute computer-readable instructions stored in a memory (e.g., the memory 2030) to cause the device 2005 to perform various functions (e.g., functions or tasks supporting reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities for a full duplex base station) .
The inter-station communications manager 2045 may manage communications with other base station 105, and may include a controller or scheduler for controlling communications with UEs 115 in cooperation with other base stations 105. For example, the inter-station communications manager 2045 may coordinate scheduling for transmissions to UEs 115 for various interference mitigation techniques such as beamforming or joint transmission. In some examples, the inter-station communications manager 2045 may provide an X2 interface within an LTE/LTE-Awireless communication network technology to provide communication between base stations 105.
The code 2035 may include instructions to implement aspects of the present disclosure, including instructions to support wireless communications. The code 2035 may be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable medium such as system memory or other type of memory. In some cases, the code 2035 may not be directly executable by the processor 2040 but may cause a computer (e.g., when compiled and executed) to perform functions described herein.
FIG. 21 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 2100 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of method 2100 may be implemented by a UE 115 or its components as described herein. For example, the operations of method 2100 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGs. 13 through 16. In some examples, a UE may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the UE to perform the functions described below. Additionally, or alternatively, a UE may perform aspects of the functions described below using special-purpose hardware.
At 2105, the UE may receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state  information reference signal resource. The operations of 2105 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2105 may be performed by a CSI report configuration manager as described with reference to FIGs. 13 through 16.
At 2110, the UE may identify, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource. The operations of 2110 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2110 may be performed by an alternative report manager as described with reference to FIGs. 13 through 16.
At 2115, the UE may transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a set of the alternative reports. The operations of 2115 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2115 may be performed by a CSI report manager as described with reference to FIGs. 13 through 16.
FIG. 22 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 2200 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of method 2200 may be implemented by a base station 105 or its components as described herein. For example, the operations of method 2200 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGs. 17 through 20. In some examples, a base station may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the base station to perform the functions described below. Additionally, or alternatively, a base station may perform aspects of the functions described below using special-purpose hardware.
At 2205, the base station may transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report. The operations of 2205 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the  operations of 2205 may be performed by a CSI report configuration manager as described with reference to FIGs. 17 through 20.
At 2210, the base station may receive, from the UE based on the configuration, the channel state information report including a set of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource. The operations of 2210 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2210 may be performed by a CSI report manager as described with reference to FIGs. 17 through 20.
At 2215, the base station may select, based on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the set of alternative reports. The operations of 2215 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2215 may be performed by a beam manager as described with reference to FIGs. 17 through 20.
At 2220, the base station may communicate with the UE using the selected transmit beam. The operations of 2220 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2220 may be performed by a beam manager as described with reference to FIGs. 17 through 20.
FIG. 23 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 2300 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of method 2300 may be implemented by a UE 115 or its components as described herein. For example, the operations of method 2300 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGs. 13 through 16. In some examples, a UE may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the UE to perform the functions described below. Additionally, or alternatively, a UE may perform aspects of the functions described below using special-purpose hardware.
At 2305, the UE may receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource. The operations of 2305 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2305 may be performed by a CSI report configuration manager as described with reference to FIGs. 13 through 16.
At 2310, the UE may identify, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets. The operations of 2310 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2310 may be performed by a precoding instance manager as described with reference to FIGs. 13 through 16.
At 2315, the UE may transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement. The operations of 2315 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2315 may be performed by a CSI report manager as described with reference to FIGs. 13 through 16.
FIG. 24 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 2400 that supports reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of method 2400 may be implemented by a base station 105 or its components as described herein. For example, the operations of method 2400 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGs. 17 through 20. In some examples, a base station may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the base station to perform the functions described below. Additionally, or alternatively, a base station may perform aspects of the functions described below using special-purpose hardware.
At 2405, the base station may transmit, to a UE, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets. The operations of 2405 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2405 may be performed by a CSI report configuration manager as described with reference to FIGs. 17 through 20.
At 2410, the base station may receive the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement. The operations of 2410 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2410 may be performed by a CSI report manager as described with reference to FIGs. 17 through 20.
At 2415, the base station may communicate with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset. The operations of 2415 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2415 may be performed by a beam manager as described with reference to FIGs. 17 through 20.
It should be noted that the methods described herein describe possible implementations, and that the operations and the steps may be rearranged or otherwise modified and that other implementations are possible. Further, aspects from two or more of the methods may be combined.
Aspects of the following examples may be combined with any of the previous examples or aspects described herein.
Example 1: A method for wireless communications at a UE, comprising receiving, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource; identifying, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource; and transmitting the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a plurality of the alternative reports.
Example 2: The method of example 1, wherein transmitting the channel state information report comprises populating a channel state information container with the plurality of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the plurality of alternative reports are prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report; and transmitting the channel state information container to the base station, wherein the plurality of alternative reports include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports.
Example 3: The method of example 2, wherein populating the channel state information container further comprises prioritizing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the channel state information report; and prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports, the one or more alternative subband beam reports.
Example 4: The method of example 2, wherein the configuration is for reporting at least a first channel state information report associated with measurements of a first channel state information reference signal resource and a second channel state information report associated with measurements of a second channel state information reference signal resource, wherein the plurality of alternative reports includes the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
Example 5: The method of any of examples 1 to 4, wherein populating the channel state information container further comprises prioritizing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report; prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report; prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report; and prioritizing, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
Example 6: The method of any of examples 1 to 4, wherein populating the channel state information container further comprises prioritizing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report; prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report; prioritizing, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
Example 7: The method of any of examples 1 to 4, wherein populating the channel state information container further comprises multiplexing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and multiplexing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
Example 8: The method of any of examples 1 to 4, wherein populating the channel state information container further comprises multiplexing, within the channel state information container, a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and multiplexing, after the highest priority alternatives, successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
Example 9: The method of any of examples 1 to 8, further comprising determining that a size of a container for the channel state information report is not large enough for a set of alternative reports comprising the plurality of the alternative reports; and selecting, from the set of the alternative reports based at least in part on the size of the container, the plurality of alternative reports, wherein transmitting the channel state information report to the base station is based at least in part on selecting the plurality of the alternative reports.
Example 10: The method of any of examples 1 to 9, further comprising identifying a threshold channel quality value; and selecting, from a set of the alternative reports comprising the plurality of the alternative reports, the plurality of alternative reports  that satisfy the identified threshold channel quality value, wherein transmitting the channel state information report to the base station is based at least in part on selecting the plurality of the alternative reports.
Example 11: The method of any of examples 1 to 10, wherein the configuration for reporting the channel state information report comprises an indication of the maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report.
Example 12: The method of any of examples 1 to 11, wherein the configuration for reporting the channel state information report comprises instructions to include, in each alternative report, a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator, a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
Example 13: The method of any of examples 1 to 12, wherein transmitting the channel state information report to the base station comprises transmitting, in a first portion of the channel state information report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the plurality of the alternative reports; and transmitting, in a second portion of the channel state information report, the plurality of the alternative reports.
Example 14: The method of any of examples 1 to 13, further comprising identifying, from the configuration, one or more subsets of precoding instances, wherein one alternative beam report is to be provided per subset, and wherein the channel state information report that is transmitted to the base station includes one alternative report per subset.
Example 15: The method of example 14, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances is associated with at least one beam index, at least one channel state information reference signal resource indicator, at least one channel quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
Example 16: The method of example 15, wherein the at least one precoding matrix indicator comprises a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof.
Example 17: The method of example 14, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances has at least one element that is not common with remaining precoding instances of a corresponding subset of precoding instances.
Example 18: The method of any of examples 1 to 17, wherein one or more of the alternative reports comprise a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report.
Example 19: A method for wireless communications at a base station, comprising transmitting, to a user equipment (UE) , a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration comprising a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report; receiving, from the UE based at least in part on the configuration, the channel state information report including a plurality of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource; selecting, based at least in part on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the plurality of alternative reports; and communicating with the UE using the selected transmit beam.
Example 20: The method of example 19, wherein receiving the channel state information report comprises receiving a channel state information container that is populated with the plurality of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the plurality of alternative reports are prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report, wherein the plurality of alternative reports include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports.
Example 21: The method of example 20, wherein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports.
Example 22: The method of any of example 20, wherein the configuration is for reporting at least a first channel state information report associated with measurements of a first channel state information reference signal resource and a second channel state information report associated with measurements of a second channel state information reference signal resource, wherein the plurality of alternative reports includes the set of one  or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
Example 23: The method of any of examples 19 to 22, wherein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
Example 24: The method of any of examples 19 to 22, wherein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
Example 25: The method of any of examples 19 to 22, wherein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are multiplexed with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and after the multiplexed one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first  channel state information report are multiplexed with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
Example 26: The method of any of examples 19 to 22, wherein a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report, are multiplexed within the channel state information container, and wherein successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report, are multiplexed after the highest priority alternatives.
Example 27: The method of any of examples 19 to 26, wherein the configuration for reporting the channel state information report comprises instructions to include, in each alternative report, a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator, a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
Example 28: The method of example any of examples 19 to 27, wherein receiving the channel state information report comprises receiving, in a first portion of the channel state information report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the plurality of the alternative reports; and receiving, in a second portion of the channel state information report, the plurality of the alternative reports.
Example 29: The method of any of examples 19 to 28, wherein the configuration is indicative of one or more subsets of precoding instances, wherein one alternative beam report is to be provided per subset, and wherein the channel state information report that is received from the UE includes one alternative report per subset.
Example 30: The method of example 29, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances is associated with at least one beam index, at least one channel state information reference signal resource indicator, at least one channel  quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
Example 31: The method of example 30, wherein the at least one precoding matrix indicator comprises a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof.
Example 32: The method of example 29, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances has at least one element that is not common with remaining precoding instances of a corresponding subset of precoding instances.
Example 33: The method of any of examples 19 to 32, wherein one or more of the alternative reports comprise a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report.
Example 34: A method for wireless communications at a UE comprising receiving, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource identifying, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets; and transmitting the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
Example 35: The method of example 34, further comprising determining that the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes an instance of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to the highest channel quality measurement.
Example 36: The method of example any of examples 34 to 35, further comprising determining that the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes a plurality of instances of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to a highest average channel quality measurement.
Example 37: A method for wireless communications at a base station, comprising transmitting, to a user equipment (UE) , a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of  the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets receiving the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement; and communicating with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset.
Example 38: The method of example 37, wherein the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes an instance of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to the highest channel quality measurement.
Example 39: The method of any of examples 37 to 38, wherein the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes a plurality of instances of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to a highest average channel quality measurement.
An apparatus for wireless communications comprising a processor; a memory in electronic communication with the processor; and instructions stored in the memory and executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to perform a method of any of examples 1 to 18, and 34 to 36.
An apparatus for wireless communications comprising a processor; a memory in electronic communications with the processor; and instructions stored in the memory and executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to perform a method of any of examples 19 to 33, and 37 to 39.
An apparatus comprising at least one means for performing a method of any of examples 1 to 18, and 34 to 36.
An apparatus comprising at least one means for performing a method of any of examples 19 to 33, and 37 to 39.
Example 40: A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications, the code comprising instructions executable by a processor to perform a method of any of examples 1 to 18, and 34 to 36.
Example 41: A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications, the code comprising instructions executable by a processor to perform a method of any of examples 19 to 33, and 37 to 39.
Although aspects of an LTE, LTE-A, LTE-A Pro, or NR system may be described for purposes of example, and LTE, LTE-A, LTE-A Pro, or NR terminology may be used in much of the description, the techniques described herein are applicable beyond LTE, LTE-A, LTE-A Pro, or NR networks. For example, the described techniques may be applicable to various other wireless communications systems such as Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) , Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 (Wi-Fi) , IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX) , IEEE 802.20, Flash-OFDM, as well as other systems and radio technologies not explicitly mentioned herein.
Information and signals described herein may be represented using any of a variety of different technologies and techniques. For example, data, instructions, commands, information, signals, bits, symbols, and chips that may be referenced throughout the description may be represented by voltages, currents, electromagnetic waves, magnetic fields or particles, optical fields or particles, or any combination thereof.
The various illustrative blocks and components described in connection with the disclosure herein may be implemented or performed with a general-purpose processor, a DSP, an ASIC, a CPU, an FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof designed to perform the functions described herein. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, but in the alternative, the processor may be any processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine. A processor may also be implemented as a combination of computing devices (e.g., a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a DSP core, or any other such configuration) .
The functions described herein may be implemented in hardware, software executed by a processor, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software executed by a processor, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium. Other examples and implementations are within the scope of the disclosure and appended claims. For example, due to the nature of software, functions described herein may be implemented using software executed by a processor, hardware, firmware, hardwiring, or combinations of any of these. Features  implementing functions may also be physically located at various positions, including being distributed such that portions of functions are implemented at different physical locations.
Computer-readable media includes both non-transitory computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another. A non-transitory storage medium may be any available medium that may be accessed by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer. By way of example, and not limitation, non-transitory computer-readable media may include random-access memory (RAM) , read-only memory (ROM) , electrically erasable programmable ROM (EEPROM) , flash memory, compact disk (CD) ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other non-transitory medium that may be used to carry or store desired program code means in the form of instructions or data structures and that may be accessed by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer, or a general-purpose or special-purpose processor. Also, any connection is properly termed a computer-readable medium. For example, if the software is transmitted from a website, server, or other remote source using a coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL) , or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave, then the coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL, or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave are included in the definition of computer-readable medium. Disk and disc, as used herein, include CD, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc (DVD) , floppy disk and Blu-ray disc where disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while discs reproduce data optically with lasers. Combinations of the above are also included within the scope of computer-readable media.
As used herein, including in the claims, “or” as used in a list of items (e.g., a list of items prefaced by a phrase such as “at least one of” or “one or more of” ) indicates an inclusive list such that, for example, a list of at least one of A, B, or C means A or B or C or AB or AC or BC or ABC (i.e., A and B and C) . Also, as used herein, the phrase “based on” shall not be construed as a reference to a closed set of conditions. For example, an example step that is described as “based on condition A” may be based on both a condition A and a condition B without departing from the scope of the present disclosure. In other words, as used herein, the phrase “based on” shall be construed in the same manner as the phrase “based at least in part on. ”
In the appended figures, similar components or features may have the same reference label. Further, various components of the same type may be distinguished by following the reference label by a dash and a second label that distinguishes among the similar components. If just the first reference label is used in the specification, the description is applicable to any one of the similar components having the same first reference label irrespective of the second reference label, or other subsequent reference label.
The description set forth herein, in connection with the appended drawings, describes example configurations and does not represent all the examples that may be implemented or that are within the scope of the claims. The term “example” used herein means “serving as an example, instance, or illustration, ” and not “preferred” or “advantageous over other examples. ” The detailed description includes specific details for the purpose of providing an understanding of the described techniques. These techniques, however, may be practiced without these specific details. In some instances, known structures and devices are shown in block diagram form in order to avoid obscuring the concepts of the described examples.
The description herein is provided to enable a person having ordinary skill in the art to make or use the disclosure. Various modifications to the disclosure will be apparent to a person having ordinary skill in the art, and the generic principles defined herein may be applied to other variations without departing from the scope of the disclosure. Thus, the disclosure is not limited to the examples and designs described herein, but is to be accorded the broadest scope consistent with the principles and novel features disclosed herein.

Claims (156)

  1. A method for wireless communications at a user equipment (UE) , comprising:
    receiving, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource;
    identifying, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource; and
    transmitting the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a plurality of the alternative reports.
  2. The method of claim 1, wherein transmitting the channel state information report comprises:
    populating a channel state information container with the plurality of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the plurality of alternative reports are prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report; and
    transmitting the channel state information container to the base station, wherein the plurality of alternative reports include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  3. The method of claim 2, wherein populating the channel state information container further comprises:
    prioritizing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the channel state information report; and
    prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports, the one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  4. The method of claim 2, wherein the configuration is for reporting at least a first channel state information report associated with measurements of a first channel state information reference signal resource and a second channel state information report  associated with measurements of a second channel state information reference signal resource, wherein the plurality of alternative reports includes the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  5. The method of claim 4, wherein populating the channel state information container further comprises:
    prioritizing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report;
    prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report;
    prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report; and
    prioritizing, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  6. The method of claim 4, wherein populating the channel state information container further comprises:
    prioritizing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report;
    prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report;
    prioritizing, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and
    prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  7. The method of claim 4, wherein populating the channel state information container further comprises:
    multiplexing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and
    multiplexing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  8. The method of claim 4, wherein populating the channel state information container further comprises:
    multiplexing, within the channel state information container, a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and
    multiplexing, after the highest priority alternatives, successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  9. The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    determining that a size of a container for the channel state information report is not large enough for a set of alternative reports comprising the plurality of the alternative reports; and
    selecting, from the set of the alternative reports based at least in part on the size of the container, the plurality of alternative reports, wherein transmitting the channel state information report to the base station is based at least in part on selecting the plurality of the alternative reports.
  10. The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    identifying a threshold channel quality value; and
    selecting, from a set of the alternative reports comprising the plurality of the alternative reports, the plurality of alternative reports that satisfy the identified threshold channel quality value, wherein transmitting the channel state information report to the base station is based at least in part on selecting the plurality of the alternative reports.
  11. The method of claim 1, wherein the configuration for reporting the channel state information report comprises an indication of the maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report.
  12. The method of claim 1, wherein the configuration for reporting the channel state information report comprises instructions to include, in each alternative report, a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator, a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  13. The method of claim 1, wherein transmitting the channel state information report to the base station comprises:
    transmitting, in a first portion of the channel state information report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the plurality of the alternative reports; and
    transmitting, in a second portion of the channel state information report, the plurality of the alternative reports.
  14. The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    identifying, from the configuration, one or more subsets of precoding instances, wherein one alternative beam report is to be provided per subset, and wherein the channel state information report that is transmitted to the base station includes one alternative report per subset.
  15. The method of claim 14, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances is associated with at least one beam index, at least one channel state information reference signal resource indicator, at least one channel quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  16. The method of claim 15, wherein the at least one precoding matrix indicator comprises a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof.
  17. The method of claim 14, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances has at least one element that is not common with remaining precoding instances of a corresponding subset of precoding instances.
  18. The method of claim 1, wherein one or more of the alternative reports comprise a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report.
  19. A method for wireless communications at a base station, comprising:
    transmitting, to a user equipment (UE) , a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration comprising a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report;
    receiving, from the UE based at least in part on the configuration, the channel state information report including a plurality of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource;
    selecting, based at least in part on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the plurality of alternative reports; and
    communicating with the UE using the selected transmit beam.
  20. The method of claim 19, wherein receiving the channel state information report comprises:
    receiving a channel state information container that is populated with the plurality of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the plurality of alternative reports are prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report, wherein the plurality of alternative reports include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  21. The method of claim 20, wherein,
    within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  22. The method of claim 20, wherein the configuration is for reporting at least a first channel state information report associated with measurements of a first channel state information reference signal resource and a second channel state information report associated with measurements of a second channel state information reference signal resource, wherein the plurality of alternative reports includes the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  23. The method of claim 22, wherein,
    within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  24. The method of claim 22, wherein:
    , within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  25. The method of claim 22, wherein,
    within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are multiplexed with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and after the multiplexed one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are multiplexed with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  26. The method of claim 22, wherein a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report, are multiplexed within the channel state information container, and wherein successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report, are multiplexed after the highest priority alternatives.
  27. The method of claim 19, wherein the configuration for reporting the channel state information report comprises instructions to include, in each alternative report,  a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator, a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  28. The method of claim 19, wherein receiving the channel state information report comprises:
    receiving, in a first portion of the channel state information report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the plurality of the alternative reports; and
    receiving, in a second portion of the channel state information report, the plurality of the alternative reports.
  29. The method of claim 19, wherein the configuration is indicative of one or more subsets of precoding instances, wherein one alternative beam report is to be provided per subset, and wherein the channel state information report that is received from the UE includes one alternative report per subset.
  30. The method of claim 29, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances is associated with at least one beam index, at least one channel state information reference signal resource indicator, at least one channel quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  31. The method of claim 30, wherein the at least one precoding matrix indicator comprises a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof.
  32. The method of claim 29, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances has at least one element that is not common with remaining precoding instances of a corresponding subset of precoding instances.
  33. The method of claim 19, wherein one or more of the alternative reports comprise a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report.
  34. A method for wireless communications at a user equipment (UE) , comprising:
    receiving, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource;
    identifying, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets; and
    transmitting the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
  35. The method of claim 34, further comprising:
    determining that the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes an instance of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to the highest channel quality measurement.
  36. The method of claim 34, further comprising:
    determining that the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes a plurality of instances of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to a highest average channel quality measurement.
  37. A method for wireless communications at a base station, comprising:
    transmitting, to a user equipment (UE) , a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets;
    receiving the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement; and
    communicating with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset.
  38. The method of claim 37, wherein the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes an instance of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to the highest channel quality measurement.
  39. The method of claim 37, wherein the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes a plurality of instances of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to a highest average channel quality measurement.
  40. An apparatus for wireless communications at a user equipment (UE) , comprising:
    a processor,
    memory coupled with the processor; and
    instructions stored in the memory and executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to:
    receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource;
    identify, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource; and
    transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a plurality of the alternative reports.
  41. The apparatus of claim 40, wherein the instructions to transmit the channel state information report are executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to:
    populate a channel state information container with the plurality of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the plurality of alternative reports are prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report; and
    transmit the channel state information container to the base station, wherein the plurality of alternative reports include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  42. The apparatus of claim 41, wherein the instructions to populate the channel state information container further are executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to:
    prioritize, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the channel state information report; and
    prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports, the one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  43. The apparatus of claim 41, wherein the configuration is for reporting at least a first channel state information report associated with measurements of a first channel state information reference signal resource and a second channel state information report associated with measurements of a second channel state information reference signal resource, wherein the plurality of alternative reports includes the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  44. The apparatus of claim 43, wherein the instructions to populate the channel state information container further are executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to:
    prioritize, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report;
    prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report;
    prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report; and
    prioritize, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  45. The apparatus of claim 43, wherein the instructions to populate the channel state information container further are executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to:
    prioritize, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report;
    prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report;
    prioritize, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and
    prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  46. The apparatus of claim 43, wherein the instructions to populate the channel state information container further are executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to:
    multiplex, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and
    multiplex, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  47. The apparatus of claim 43, wherein the instructions to populate the channel state information container further are executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to:
    multiplex, within the channel state information container, a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and
    multiplex, after the highest priority alternatives, successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  48. The apparatus of claim 40, wherein the instructions are further executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to:
    determine that a size of a container for the channel state information report is not large enough for a set of alternative reports comprising the plurality of the alternative reports; and
    select, from the set of the alternative reports based at least in part on the size of the container, the plurality of alternative reports, wherein transmitting the channel state information report to the base station is based at least in part on selecting the plurality of the alternative reports.
  49. The apparatus of claim 40, wherein the instructions are further executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to:
    identify a threshold channel quality value; and
    select, from a set of the alternative reports comprising the plurality of the alternative reports, the plurality of alternative reports that satisfy the identified threshold channel quality value, wherein transmitting the channel state information report to the base station is based at least in part on selecting the plurality of the alternative reports.
  50. The apparatus of claim 40, wherein the configuration for reporting the channel state information report comprises an indication of the maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report.
  51. The apparatus of claim 40, wherein the configuration for reporting the channel state information report comprises instructions to include, in each alternative report, a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator, a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  52. The apparatus of claim 40, wherein the instructions to transmit the channel state information report to the base station are executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to:
    transmit, in a first portion of the channel state information report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the plurality of the alternative reports; and
    transmit, in a second portion of the channel state information report, the plurality of the alternative reports.
  53. The apparatus of claim 40, wherein the instructions are further executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to:
    identify, from the configuration, one or more subsets of precoding instances, wherein one alternative beam report is to be provided per subset, and wherein the channel state information report that is transmitted to the base station includes one alternative report per subset.
  54. The apparatus of claim 53, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances is associated with at least one beam index, at least one channel state information reference signal resource indicator, at least one channel quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  55. The apparatus of claim 54, wherein the at least one precoding matrix indicator comprises a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof.
  56. The apparatus of claim 53, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances has at least one element that is not common with remaining precoding instances of a corresponding subset of precoding instances.
  57. The apparatus of claim 40, wherein one or more of the alternative reports comprise a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report.
  58. An apparatus for wireless communications at a base station, comprising:
    a processor,
    memory coupled with the processor; and
    instructions stored in the memory and executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to:
    transmit, to a user equipment (UE) , a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration comprising a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report;
    receive, from the UE based at least in part on the configuration, the channel state information report including a plurality of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource;
    select, based at least in part on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the plurality of alternative reports; and
    communicate with the UE using the selected transmit beam.
  59. The apparatus of claim 58, wherein the instructions to receive the channel state information report are executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to:
    receive a channel state information container that is populated with the plurality of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the plurality of alternative reports are prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report, wherein the plurality of alternative reports include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  60. The apparatus of claim 59, wherein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  61. The apparatus of claim 59, wherein the configuration is for reporting at least a first channel state information report associated with measurements of a first channel state information reference signal resource and a second channel state information report associated with measurements of a second channel state information reference signal  resource, wherein the plurality of alternative reports includes the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  62. The apparatus of claim 61, wherein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  63. The apparatus of claim 61, wherein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  64. The apparatus of claim 61, wherein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are multiplexed with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and after the multiplexed one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are  multiplexed with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  65. The apparatus of claim 61, wherein a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report, are multiplexed within the channel state information container, and wherein successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report, are multiplexed after the highest priority alternatives.
  66. The apparatus of claim 58, wherein the configuration for reporting the channel state information report comprises instructions to include, in each alternative report, a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator, a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  67. The apparatus of claim 58, wherein the instructions to receive the channel state information report are executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to:
    receive, in a first portion of the channel state information report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the plurality of the alternative reports; and
    receive, in a second portion of the channel state information report, the plurality of the alternative reports.
  68. The apparatus of claim 58, wherein the configuration is indicative of one or more subsets of precoding instances, wherein one alternative beam report is to be provided per subset, and wherein the channel state information report that is received from the UE includes one alternative report per subset.
  69. The apparatus of claim 68, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances is associated with at least one beam index, at  least one channel state information reference signal resource indicator, at least one channel quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  70. The apparatus of claim 69, wherein the at least one precoding matrix indicator comprises a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof.
  71. The apparatus of claim 68, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances has at least one element that is not common with remaining precoding instances of a corresponding subset of precoding instances.
  72. The apparatus of claim 58, wherein one or more of the alternative reports comprise a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report.
  73. An apparatus for wireless communications at a user equipment (UE) , comprising:
    a processor,
    memory coupled with the processor; and
    instructions stored in the memory and executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to:
    receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource;
    identify, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets; and
    transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
  74. The apparatus of claim 73, wherein the instructions are further executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to:
    determine that the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes an instance of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to the highest channel quality measurement.
  75. The apparatus of claim 73, wherein the instructions are further executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to:
    determine that the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes a plurality of instances of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to a highest average channel quality measurement.
  76. An apparatus for wireless communications at a base station, comprising:
    a processor,
    memory coupled with the processor; and
    instructions stored in the memory and executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to:
    transmit, to a user equipment (UE) , a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets;
    receive the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement; and
    communicate with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset.
  77. The apparatus of claim 76, wherein the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes an instance of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to the highest channel quality measurement.
  78. The apparatus of claim 76, wherein the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes a plurality of instances of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to a highest average channel quality measurement.
  79. An apparatus for wireless communications at a user equipment (UE) , comprising:
    means for receiving, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource;
    means for identifying, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource; and
    means for transmitting the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a plurality of the alternative reports.
  80. The apparatus of claim 79, wherein the means for transmitting the channel state information report comprises:
    means for populating a channel state information container with the plurality of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the plurality of alternative reports are prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report; and
    means for transmitting the channel state information container to the base station, wherein the plurality of alternative reports include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  81. The apparatus of claim 80, wherein the means for populating the channel state information container further comprises:
    means for prioritizing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the channel state information report; and
    means for prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports, the one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  82. The apparatus of claim 80, wherein the configuration is for reporting at least a first channel state information report associated with measurements of a first channel state information reference signal resource and a second channel state information report associated with measurements of a second channel state information reference signal  resource, wherein the plurality of alternative reports includes the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  83. The apparatus of claim 82, wherein the means for populating the channel state information container further comprises:
    means for prioritizing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report;
    means for prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report;
    means for prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report; and
    means for prioritizing, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  84. The apparatus of claim 82, wherein the means for populating the channel state information container further comprises:
    means for prioritizing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report;
    means for prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report;
    means for prioritizing, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and
    means for prioritizing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  85. The apparatus of claim 82, wherein the means for populating the channel state information container further comprises:
    means for multiplexing, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and
    means for multiplexing, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  86. The apparatus of claim 82, wherein the means for populating the channel state information container further comprises:
    means for multiplexing, within the channel state information container, a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and
    means for multiplexing, after the highest priority alternatives, successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  87. The apparatus of claim 79, further comprising:
    means for determining that a size of a container for the channel state information report is not large enough for a set of alternative reports comprising the plurality of the alternative reports; and
    means for selecting, from the set of the alternative reports based at least in part on the size of the container, the plurality of alternative reports, wherein transmitting the channel state information report to the base station is based at least in part on selecting the plurality of the alternative reports.
  88. The apparatus of claim 79, further comprising:
    means for identifying a threshold channel quality value; and
    means for selecting, from a set of the alternative reports comprising the plurality of the alternative reports, the plurality of alternative reports that satisfy the identified threshold channel quality value, wherein transmitting the channel state information report to the base station is based at least in part on selecting the plurality of the alternative reports.
  89. The apparatus of claim 79, wherein the configuration for reporting the channel state information report comprises an indication of the maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report.
  90. The apparatus of claim 79, wherein the configuration for reporting the channel state information report comprises instructions to include, in each alternative report, a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator, a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  91. The apparatus of claim 79, wherein the means for transmitting the channel state information report to the base station comprises:
    means for transmitting, in a first portion of the channel state information report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the plurality of the alternative reports; and
    means for transmitting, in a second portion of the channel state information report, the plurality of the alternative reports.
  92. The apparatus of claim 79, further comprising:
    means for identifying, from the configuration, one or more subsets of precoding instances, wherein one alternative beam report is to be provided per subset, and  wherein the channel state information report that is transmitted to the base station includes one alternative report per subset.
  93. The apparatus of claim 92, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances is associated with at least one beam index, at least one channel state information reference signal resource indicator, at least one channel quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  94. The apparatus of claim 93, wherein the at least one precoding matrix indicator comprises a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof.
  95. The apparatus of claim 92, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances has at least one element that is not common with remaining precoding instances of a corresponding subset of precoding instances.
  96. The apparatus of claim 79, wherein one or more of the alternative reports comprise a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report.
  97. An apparatus for wireless communications at a base station, comprising:
    means for transmitting, to a user equipment (UE) , a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration comprising a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report;
    means for receiving, from the UE based at least in part on the configuration, the channel state information report including a plurality of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource;
    means for selecting, based at least in part on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the plurality of alternative reports; and
    means for communicating with the UE using the selected transmit beam.
  98. The apparatus of claim 97, wherein the means for receiving the channel state information report comprises:
    means for receiving a channel state information container that is populated with the plurality of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the plurality of alternative reports are prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report, wherein the plurality of alternative reports include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  99. The apparatus of claim 98, wherein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  100. The apparatus of claim 98, wherein the configuration is for reporting at least a first channel state information report associated with measurements of a first channel state information reference signal resource and a second channel state information report associated with measurements of a second channel state information reference signal resource, wherein the plurality of alternative reports includes the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  101. The apparatus of claim 100, wherein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  102. The apparatus of claim 100, wherein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  103. The apparatus of claim 100, wherein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are multiplexed with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and after the multiplexed one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are multiplexed with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  104. The apparatus of claim 100, wherein a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report, are multiplexed within the channel state information container, and wherein successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report, are multiplexed after the highest priority alternatives.
  105. The apparatus of claim 97, wherein the configuration for reporting the channel state information report comprises instructions to include, in each alternative report, a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator, a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  106. The apparatus of claim 97, wherein the means for receiving the channel state information report comprises:
    means for receiving, in a first portion of the channel state information report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the plurality of the alternative reports; and
    means for receiving, in a second portion of the channel state information report, the plurality of the alternative reports.
  107. The apparatus of claim 97, wherein the configuration is indicative of one or more subsets of precoding instances, wherein one alternative beam report is to be provided per subset, and wherein the channel state information report that is received from the UE includes one alternative report per subset.
  108. The apparatus of claim 107, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances is associated with at least one beam index, at least one channel state information reference signal resource indicator, at least one channel quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  109. The apparatus of claim 108, wherein the at least one precoding matrix indicator comprises a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof.
  110. The apparatus of claim 107, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances has at least one element that is not common with remaining precoding instances of a corresponding subset of precoding instances.
  111. The apparatus of claim 97, wherein one or more of the alternative reports comprise a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report.
  112. An apparatus for wireless communications at a user equipment (UE) , comprising:
    means for receiving, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource;
    means for identifying, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets; and
    means for transmitting the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
  113. The apparatus of claim 112, further comprising:
    means for determining that the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes an instance of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to the highest channel quality measurement.
  114. The apparatus of claim 112, further comprising:
    means for determining that the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes a plurality of instances of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to a highest average channel quality measurement.
  115. An apparatus for wireless communications at a base station, comprising:
    means for transmitting, to a user equipment (UE) , a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets;
    means for receiving the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement; and
    means for communicating with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset.
  116. The apparatus of claim 115, wherein the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes an instance of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to the highest channel quality measurement.
  117. The apparatus of claim 115, wherein the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes a plurality of instances of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to a highest average channel quality measurement.
  118. A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a user equipment (UE) , the code comprising instructions executable by a processor to:
    receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of one channel state information reference signal resource;
    identify, from the configuration, a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource; and
    transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report including a plurality of the alternative reports.
  119. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 118, wherein the instructions to transmit the channel state information report are executable to:
    populate a channel state information container with the plurality of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the plurality of alternative reports are prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report; and
    transmit the channel state information container to the base station, wherein the plurality of alternative reports include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  120. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 119, wherein the instructions to populate the channel state information container further are executable to:
    prioritize, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the channel state information report; and
    prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports, the one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  121. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 119, wherein the configuration is for reporting at least a first channel state information report associated with measurements of a first channel state information reference signal resource and a second channel state information report associated with measurements of a second channel state information reference signal resource, wherein the plurality of alternative reports includes the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  122. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 121, wherein the instructions to populate the channel state information container further are executable to:
    prioritize, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report;
    prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report;
    prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report; and
    prioritize, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  123. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 121, wherein the instructions to populate the channel state information container further are executable to:
    prioritize, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report;
    prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report;
    prioritize, after the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and
    prioritize, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  124. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 121, wherein the instructions to populate the channel state information container further are executable to:
    multiplex, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and
    multiplex, after the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  125. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 121, wherein the instructions to populate the channel state information container further are executable to:
    multiplex, within the channel state information container, a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report; and
    multiplex, after the highest priority alternatives, successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of  the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  126. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 118, wherein the instructions are further executable to:
    determine that a size of a container for the channel state information report is not large enough for a set of alternative reports comprising the plurality of the alternative reports; and
    select, from the set of the alternative reports based at least in part on the size of the container, the plurality of alternative reports, wherein transmitting the channel state information report to the base station is based at least in part on selecting the plurality of the alternative reports.
  127. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 118, wherein the instructions are further executable to:
    identify a threshold channel quality value; and
    select, from a set of the alternative reports comprising the plurality of the alternative reports, the plurality of alternative reports that satisfy the identified threshold channel quality value, wherein transmitting the channel state information report to the base station is based at least in part on selecting the plurality of the alternative reports.
  128. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 118, wherein the configuration for reporting the channel state information report comprises an indication of the maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report.
  129. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 118, wherein the configuration for reporting the channel state information report comprises instructions to include, in each alternative report, a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator, a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  130. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 118, wherein the instructions to transmit the channel state information report to the base station are executable to:
    transmit, in a first portion of the channel state information report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the plurality of the alternative reports; and
    transmit, in a second portion of the channel state information report, the plurality of the alternative reports.
  131. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 118, wherein the instructions are further executable to:
    identify, from the configuration, one or more subsets of precoding instances, wherein one alternative beam report is to be provided per subset, wherein the channel state information report that is transmitted to the base station includes one alternative report per subset.
  132. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 131, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances is associated with at least one beam index, at least one channel state information reference signal resource indicator, at least one channel quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  133. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 132, wherein the at least one precoding matrix indicator comprises a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof.
  134. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 131, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances has at least one element that is not common with remaining precoding instances of a corresponding subset of precoding instances.
  135. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 118, wherein one or more of the alternative reports comprise a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report.
  136. A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a base station, the code comprising instructions executable by a processor to:
    transmit, to a user equipment (UE) , a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration comprising a maximum number of alternative reports to be included in the channel state information report;
    receive, from the UE based at least in part on the configuration, the channel state information report including a plurality of alternative reports, each alternative report associated with a different precoding instance of the channel state information reference signal resource;
    select, based at least in part on the channel state information report, a transmit beam associated with an alternative report of the plurality of alternative reports; and
    communicate with the UE using the selected transmit beam.
  137. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 136, wherein the instructions to receive the channel state information report are executable to:
    receive a channel state information container that is populated with the plurality of the alternative reports so that at least sets of the plurality of alternative reports are prioritized in descending order of respective channel quality values of precoding instances associated with each alternative report, wherein the plurality of alternative reports include a set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  138. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 137, wherein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports.
  139. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 137, wherein the configuration is for reporting at least a first channel state information report associated with measurements of a first channel state information reference signal resource and a second channel state information report associated with measurements of a second channel state information reference signal resource, wherein the plurality of alternative reports includes the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the set of one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second  channel state information report, and a set of one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  140. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 139, wherein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  141. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 139, wherein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report are prioritized before the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  142. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 139, wherein, within the channel state information container, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report are multiplexed with the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, and after the multiplexed one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report and the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report are multiplexed with the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report.
  143. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 139, wherein a highest priority alternative from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report, are multiplexed within the channel state information container, and wherein successive priority alternatives from each of the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the first channel state information report, the one or more alternative wideband beam reports of the second channel state information report, the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the first channel state information report, and the one or more alternative subband beam reports of the second channel state information report, are multiplexed after the highest priority alternatives.
  144. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 136, wherein the configuration for reporting the channel state information report comprises instructions to include, in each alternative report, a beam index, a channel state information reference signal resource indicator, a channel quality indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  145. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 136, wherein the instructions to receive the channel state information report are executable to:
    receive, in a first portion of the channel state information report, an indication of a number of alternative reports in the plurality of the alternative reports; and
    receive, in a second portion of the channel state information report, the plurality of the alternative reports.
  146. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 136, wherein the configuration is indicative of one or more subsets of precoding instances, wherein one alternative beam report is to be provided per subset, and wherein the channel state information report that is received from the UE includes one alternative report per subset.
  147. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 146, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances is associated with at least one beam index, at least one channel state information reference  signal resource indicator, at least one channel quality indicator, at least one precoding matrix indicator, at least one rank indicator, or a combination thereof.
  148. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 147, wherein the at least one precoding matrix indicator comprises a wideband precoding matrix indicator, a subband precoding matrix indicator, or a combination thereof.
  149. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 146, wherein each precoding instance in each of the one or more subsets of precoding instances has at least one element that is not common with remaining precoding instances of a corresponding subset of precoding instances.
  150. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 136, wherein one or more of the alternative reports comprise a differential value indicating a change from a previously reported alternative report.
  151. A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a user equipment (UE) , the code comprising instructions executable by a processor to:
    receive, from a base station, a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource;
    identify, from the configuration, that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets; and
    transmit the channel state information report to the base station, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement.
  152. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 151, wherein the instructions are further executable to:
    determine that the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes an instance of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to the highest channel quality measurement.
  153. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 151, wherein the instructions are further executable to:
    determine that the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes a plurality of instances of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to a highest average channel quality measurement.
  154. A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a base station, the code comprising instructions executable by a processor to:
    transmit, to a user equipment (UE) , a configuration for reporting a channel state information report associated with measurements of a channel state information reference signal resource, the configuration including an indication that different precoding instances of the channel state information reference signal resource are grouped into one or more subsets;
    receive the channel state information report from the UE, the channel state information report indicating which of the subsets has a highest channel quality measurement; and
    communicate with the UE using a transmit beam associated with the indicated subset.
  155. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 154, wherein the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes an instance of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to the highest channel quality measurement.
  156. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of claim 154, wherein the subset that has the highest channel quality measurement includes a plurality of instances of the channel state information reference signal resource corresponding to a highest average channel quality measurement.
PCT/CN2020/082492 2020-03-31 2020-03-31 Reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities for full duplex base station WO2021195981A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/082492 WO2021195981A1 (en) 2020-03-31 2020-03-31 Reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities for full duplex base station

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/082492 WO2021195981A1 (en) 2020-03-31 2020-03-31 Reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities for full duplex base station

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021195981A1 true WO2021195981A1 (en) 2021-10-07

Family

ID=77926992

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/082492 WO2021195981A1 (en) 2020-03-31 2020-03-31 Reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities for full duplex base station

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021195981A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4216601A4 (en) * 2020-10-15 2024-03-27 Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. Uplink transmission processing method and apparatus, and terminal

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200099435A1 (en) * 2017-05-14 2020-03-26 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for measuring and reporting channel state information in wireless communication system and device for same

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200099435A1 (en) * 2017-05-14 2020-03-26 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for measuring and reporting channel state information in wireless communication system and device for same

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CATT: "Considerations on beam measurement and reporting", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1712378, vol. RAN WG1, 20 August 2017 (2017-08-20), Prague, Czechia, pages 1 - 4, XP051315194 *
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Summary of remaining issues for CSI reporting", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1800095, vol. RAN WG1, 13 January 2018 (2018-01-13), Vancouver, Canada, pages 1 - 8, XP051384591 *
INTERDIGITAL, INC: "Remaining issues on beam management", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1720630 BEAM MANAGEMENT, vol. RAN WG1, 18 November 2017 (2017-11-18), Reno, USA, pages 1 - 13, XP051370095 *
SAMSUNG: "Measurement and reporting information for beam reporting", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1702934-BEAM_MEASUREMENT_REPORTING, vol. RAN WG1, 7 February 2017 (2017-02-07), Athens, Greece, pages 1 - 3, XP051221744 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4216601A4 (en) * 2020-10-15 2024-03-27 Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. Uplink transmission processing method and apparatus, and terminal

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022073154A1 (en) Techniques for joint channel state information reporting for multiple transmission and reception point communication schemes
US11611983B2 (en) Acknowledgement feedback for multi-component carrier scheduling
US11751209B2 (en) Acknowledgement feedback for multi-component carrier scheduling with separate feedback-related control fields
US20220353694A1 (en) Uplink demodulation reference signal bundling with beam sweeping
WO2021174437A1 (en) Multiplexing for physical uplink channels with different directional beams
EP4381645A1 (en) Techniques for multiplexing multi-bit and single-bit feedback
WO2021056376A1 (en) Configurations for omitting channel state information
US11617166B2 (en) Multiplexing higher priority and lower priority uplink control information on a physical uplink control channel
WO2022155873A1 (en) Multi-level time-domain scalable uplink channel resources
WO2022040842A1 (en) Physical resource block bundling size recommendation reporting
WO2021226789A1 (en) Channel state information reporting for partial bands
WO2021195981A1 (en) Reporting of multiple alternatives of channel state information report quantities for full duplex base station
WO2023003710A2 (en) Techniques for demodulation reference signal bundling for configured uplink channels
WO2022205148A1 (en) Rank indicator and layer indicator signaling in non-coherent joint transmission channel state information
WO2021258385A1 (en) Dynamic uplink control multiplexing between physical uplink channels
WO2023097586A1 (en) Bundle size reporting for precoding resource block groups
WO2023024061A1 (en) Frequency-selective uplink precoding
WO2022205052A1 (en) Uplink control information payload and ordering for non-coherent joint transmission and single transmission reception point channel state information
WO2023087238A1 (en) Dynamic switching between communications schemes for uplink communications
WO2023193131A1 (en) Enhancement for aperiodic sounding reference signal scheduling
WO2022109849A1 (en) Layer-specific feedback periodicity
WO2022087948A1 (en) Techniques for mapping sounding reference signal resources
WO2023201455A1 (en) Techniques for separate channel state information reporting configurations
EP4374523A1 (en) Techniques for deferring feedback upon uplink control channel collisions

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20929157

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20929157

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1